Actually commit the new files ommitted before.

1 files changed, 7772 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/bfd/elfxx-mips.c b/bfd/elfxx-mips.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7cfa733
--- /dev/null
+++ b/bfd/elfxx-mips.c
@@ -0,0 +1,7772 @@
+/* MIPS-specific support for ELF
+   Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
+   <ian@cygnus.com>.
+   N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
+   <mark@codesourcery.com>
+   Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
+   Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
+
+This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's.  */
+
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include "libbfd.h"
+#include "elf-bfd.h"
+#include "elfxx-mips.h"
+#include "elf/mips.h"
+
+/* Get the ECOFF swapping routines.  */
+#include "coff/sym.h"
+#include "coff/symconst.h"
+#include "coff/ecoff.h"
+#include "coff/mips.h"
+
+/* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking.  It
+   is stored in the tdata field of the bfd_elf_section_data structure.  */
+
+struct mips_got_info
+{
+  /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
+     symbol table.  */
+  struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym;
+  /* The number of global .got entries.  */
+  unsigned int global_gotno;
+  /* The number of local .got entries.  */
+  unsigned int local_gotno;
+  /* The number of local .got entries we have used.  */
+  unsigned int assigned_gotno;
+};
+
+/* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
+   the dynamic symbols.  */
+
+struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
+{
+  /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
+     index.  */
+  struct elf_link_hash_entry *low;
+  /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
+     with a GOT entry.  */
+  long min_got_dynindx;
+  /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
+     symbol without a GOT entry.  */
+  long max_non_got_dynindx;
+};
+
+/* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
+   the global hash table.  */
+
+struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
+{
+  struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
+
+  /* External symbol information.  */
+  EXTR esym;
+
+  /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
+     this symbol.  */
+  unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs;
+
+  /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
+     a readonly section.  */
+  boolean readonly_reloc;
+
+  /* The index of the first dynamic relocation (in the .rel.dyn
+     section) against this symbol.  */
+  unsigned int min_dyn_reloc_index;
+
+  /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
+     related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
+     R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
+     p. 4-20.  */
+  boolean no_fn_stub;
+
+  /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
+     16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub.  */
+  asection *fn_stub;
+
+  /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
+     in any relocs other than a 16 bit call.  */
+  boolean need_fn_stub;
+
+  /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
+     32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub.  */
+  asection *call_stub;
+
+  /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
+     being called returns a floating point value.  */
+  asection *call_fp_stub;
+};
+
+/* MIPS ELF linker hash table.  */
+
+struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
+{
+  struct elf_link_hash_table root;
+#if 0
+  /* We no longer use this.  */
+  /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols.  */
+  bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES];
+#endif
+  /* The number of .rtproc entries.  */
+  bfd_size_type procedure_count;
+  /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT).  */
+  bfd_size_type compact_rel_size;
+  /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
+     entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in Irix 5.  */
+  boolean use_rld_obj_head;
+  /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol.  */
+  bfd_vma rld_value;
+  /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections.  */
+  boolean mips16_stubs_seen;
+};
+
+/* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym.  */
+
+struct extsym_info
+{
+  bfd *abfd;
+  struct bfd_link_info *info;
+  struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
+  const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
+  boolean failed;
+};
+
+/* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on Irix 5.  */
+
+static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] =
+{
+  "_procedure_table",
+  "_procedure_string_table",
+  "_procedure_table_size",
+  NULL
+};
+
+/* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
+   Irix 5.  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  unsigned long id1;		/* Always one?  */
+  unsigned long num;		/* Number of compact relocation entries.  */
+  unsigned long id2;		/* Always two?  */
+  unsigned long offset;		/* The file offset of the first relocation.  */
+  unsigned long reserved0;	/* Zero?  */
+  unsigned long reserved1;	/* Zero?  */
+} Elf32_compact_rel;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  bfd_byte id1[4];
+  bfd_byte num[4];
+  bfd_byte id2[4];
+  bfd_byte offset[4];
+  bfd_byte reserved0[4];
+  bfd_byte reserved1[4];
+} Elf32_External_compact_rel;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  unsigned int ctype : 1;	/* 1: long 0: short format. See below.  */
+  unsigned int rtype : 4;	/* Relocation types. See below.  */
+  unsigned int dist2to : 8;
+  unsigned int relvaddr : 19;	/* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
+  unsigned long konst;		/* KONST field. See below.  */
+  unsigned long vaddr;		/* VADDR to be relocated.  */
+} Elf32_crinfo;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  unsigned int ctype : 1;	/* 1: long 0: short format. See below.  */
+  unsigned int rtype : 4;	/* Relocation types. See below.  */
+  unsigned int dist2to : 8;
+  unsigned int relvaddr : 19;	/* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
+  unsigned long konst;		/* KONST field. See below.  */
+} Elf32_crinfo2;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  bfd_byte info[4];
+  bfd_byte konst[4];
+  bfd_byte vaddr[4];
+} Elf32_External_crinfo;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  bfd_byte info[4];
+  bfd_byte konst[4];
+} Elf32_External_crinfo2;
+
+/* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo.  */
+
+#define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
+#define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
+#define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
+#define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
+#define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
+#define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
+#define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
+#define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
+
+/* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
+   formats.  A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
+   fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2).  */
+#define CRF_MIPS_LONG			1
+#define CRF_MIPS_SHORT			0
+
+/* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
+   has different meaning for each type:
+
+   (type)		(konst)
+   CT_MIPS_REL32	Address in data
+   CT_MIPS_WORD		Address in word (XXX)
+   CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO	GP - vaddr
+   CT_MIPS_JMPAD	Address to jump
+   */
+
+#define CRT_MIPS_REL32			0xa
+#define CRT_MIPS_WORD			0xb
+#define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO		0xc
+#define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD			0xd
+
+#define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format)	((x).ctype = (format))
+#define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type)		((x).rtype = (type))
+#define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v)		((x).dist2to = (v))
+#define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d)		((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
+
+/* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
+   loader for use by the static exception system.  */
+
+typedef struct runtime_pdr {
+	bfd_vma	adr;		/* memory address of start of procedure */
+	long	regmask;	/* save register mask */
+	long	regoffset;	/* save register offset */
+	long	fregmask;	/* save floating point register mask */
+	long	fregoffset;	/* save floating point register offset */
+	long	frameoffset;	/* frame size */
+	short	framereg;	/* frame pointer register */
+	short	pcreg;		/* offset or reg of return pc */
+	long	irpss;		/* index into the runtime string table */
+	long	reserved;
+	struct exception_info *exception_info;/* pointer to exception array */
+} RPDR, *pRPDR;
+#define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
+#define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
+
+static struct bfd_hash_entry *mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry *, struct bfd_hash_table *, const char *));
+static void ecoff_swap_rpdr_out
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const RPDR *, struct rpdr_ext *));
+static boolean mips_elf_create_procedure_table
+  PARAMS ((PTR, bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, asection *,
+	   struct ecoff_debug_info *));
+static boolean mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
+  PARAMS ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
+static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_External_gptab *, Elf32_gptab *));
+static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_gptab *, Elf32_External_gptab *));
+static void bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_compact_rel *, Elf32_External_compact_rel *));
+static void bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_crinfo *, Elf32_External_crinfo *));
+#if 0
+static void bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_in
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_External_Msym *, Elf32_Internal_Msym *));
+#endif
+static void bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf32_Internal_Msym *, Elf32_External_Msym *));
+static int sort_dynamic_relocs
+  PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
+static boolean mips_elf_output_extsym
+  PARAMS ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
+static int gptab_compare PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
+static asection * mips_elf_got_section PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static struct mips_got_info *mips_elf_got_info
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection **));
+static bfd_vma mips_elf_local_got_index
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma));
+static bfd_vma mips_elf_global_got_index
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct elf_link_hash_entry *));
+static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_page
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma, bfd_vma *));
+static bfd_vma mips_elf_got16_entry
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma, boolean));
+static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_offset_from_index
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *, bfd_vma));
+static bfd_vma mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, asection *, bfd_vma));
+static boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, unsigned long));
+static boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
+  PARAMS ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR));
+static boolean mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol
+  PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, struct bfd_link_info *,
+	   struct mips_got_info *));
+static const Elf_Internal_Rela *mips_elf_next_relocation
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
+	   const Elf_Internal_Rela *));
+static boolean mips_elf_local_relocation_p
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, asection **, boolean));
+static bfd_vma mips_elf_sign_extend PARAMS ((bfd_vma, int));
+static boolean mips_elf_overflow_p PARAMS ((bfd_vma, int));
+static bfd_vma mips_elf_high PARAMS ((bfd_vma));
+static bfd_vma mips_elf_higher PARAMS ((bfd_vma));
+static bfd_vma mips_elf_highest PARAMS ((bfd_vma));
+static boolean mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+static boolean mips_elf_create_got_section
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *));
+static asection *mips_elf_create_msym_section
+  PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static bfd_reloc_status_type mips_elf_calculate_relocation
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, bfd *, asection *, struct bfd_link_info *,
+	   const Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_vma, reloc_howto_type *,
+	   Elf_Internal_Sym *, asection **, bfd_vma *, const char **,
+	   boolean *));
+static bfd_vma mips_elf_obtain_contents
+  PARAMS ((reloc_howto_type *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd *, bfd_byte *));
+static boolean mips_elf_perform_relocation
+  PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info *, reloc_howto_type *,
+	   const Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_vma, bfd *, asection *, bfd_byte *,
+	   boolean));
+static boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, asection *));
+static void mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, unsigned int));
+static boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
+	   struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *,
+	   bfd_vma, bfd_vma *, asection *));
+static INLINE int elf_mips_isa PARAMS ((flagword));
+static INLINE char* elf_mips_abi_name PARAMS ((bfd *));
+static void mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol
+  PARAMS ((bfd *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym *));
+
+/* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records.  */
+static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd;
+
+/* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI.  */
+
+#define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
+  ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
+
+/* Nonzero if ABFD is using the 64-bit ABI. */
+#define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
+  ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64) != 0)
+
+#define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
+  (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
+
+#define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P(abfd) || ABI_64_P(abfd))
+
+/* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all.  */
+#define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
+  (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
+
+/* The name of the options section.  */
+#define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
+  (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6 ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
+
+/* The name of the stub section.  */
+#define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
+  (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6 ? ".MIPS.stubs" : ".stub")
+
+/* The size of an external REL relocation.  */
+#define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
+  (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
+
+/* The size of an external dynamic table entry.  */
+#define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
+  (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
+
+/* The size of a GOT entry.  */
+#define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
+  (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
+
+/* The size of a symbol-table entry.  */
+#define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
+  (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
+
+/* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two.  */
+#define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd)				\
+  (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->file_align == 8 ? 3 : 2)
+
+/* Get word-sized data.  */
+#define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
+  (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
+
+/* Put out word-sized data.  */
+#define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr)	\
+  (ABI_64_P (abfd) 				\
+   ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) 		\
+   : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
+
+/* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry.  */
+#ifdef BFD64
+#define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val)			\
+  (ABI_64_P (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj)				\
+   ? bfd_elf64_add_dynamic_entry (info, (bfd_vma) tag, (bfd_vma) val)	\
+   : bfd_elf32_add_dynamic_entry (info, (bfd_vma) tag, (bfd_vma) val))
+#else
+#define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val)			\
+  (ABI_64_P (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj)				\
+   ? (boolean) (abort (), false)					\
+   : bfd_elf32_add_dynamic_entry (info, (bfd_vma) tag, (bfd_vma) val))
+#endif
+
+#define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela)			\
+  (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
+
+/* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
+   from smaller values.  Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement.  */
+#define MINUS_ONE	(((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
+
+/* The number of local .got entries we reserve.  */
+#define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (2)
+
+/* Instructions which appear in a stub.  For some reason the stub is
+   slightly different on an SGI system.  */
+#define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? 0x7ff0 : 0x8000)
+#define STUB_LW(abfd)						\
+  (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)						\
+   ? (ABI_64_P (abfd)  						\
+      ? 0xdf998010		/* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */		\
+      : 0x8f998010)             /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */		\
+   : 0x8f998010)		/* lw t9,0x8000(gp) */
+#define STUB_MOVE(abfd)                                         \
+  (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? 0x03e07825 : 0x03e07821)         /* move t7,ra */
+#define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809				/* jal t9 */
+#define STUB_LI16(abfd)                                         \
+  (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? 0x34180000 : 0x24180000)         /* ori t8,zero,0 */
+#define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE (16)
+
+/* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
+   section.  */
+
+#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) 		\
+   (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" 	\
+    : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" 	\
+    : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
+
+#ifdef BFD64
+#define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i)					\
+  (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
+#define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i)					\
+  (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
+#define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t)					\
+  (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
+#else
+#define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i)					\
+  (ELF32_R_SYM (i))
+#define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i)					\
+  (ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
+#define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t)					\
+  (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
+#endif
+
+  /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
+     floating point arguments.
+
+     Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
+     copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
+     then jump to FNNAME.  If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
+     call should be redirected to the stub instead.  If no 32 bit
+     function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded.  We need to
+     consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
+     if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
+     since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
+
+     Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
+     that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
+     regs and then jump to FNNAME.  If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
+     then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
+     to the stub instead.  If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
+     stub should be discarded.
+
+     .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
+     which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
+     to the gp regs.  These stubs store the return value in $18 while
+     calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
+     must arrange to save $18 around the call.  (This case is not
+     needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
+     16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
+     $f0/$f1 and $2/$3.)
+
+     Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
+     Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally.  Instead, the relocation
+     information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
+
+     We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table.  */
+
+#define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
+#define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
+#define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
+
+/* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table.  */
+
+#define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow)	\
+  ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)					\
+   elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create),		\
+			 (copy), (follow)))
+
+/* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table.  */
+
+#define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info)			\
+  (elf_link_hash_traverse						\
+   (&(table)->root,							\
+    (boolean (*) PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR))) (func),	\
+    (info)))
+
+/* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
+
+#define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
+  ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
+
+/* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table.  */
+
+static struct bfd_hash_entry *
+mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string)
+     struct bfd_hash_entry *entry;
+     struct bfd_hash_table *table;
+     const char *string;
+{
+  struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret =
+    (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
+
+  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
+     subclass.  */
+  if (ret == (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
+	   bfd_hash_allocate (table,
+			      sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry)));
+  if (ret == (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+
+  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
+  ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
+	 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
+				     table, string));
+  if (ret != (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
+    {
+      /* Set local fields.  */
+      memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR));
+      /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
+	 not been set.  -1 means there is no associated ifd.  */
+      ret->esym.ifd = -2;
+      ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
+      ret->readonly_reloc = false;
+      ret->min_dyn_reloc_index = 0;
+      ret->no_fn_stub = false;
+      ret->fn_stub = NULL;
+      ret->need_fn_stub = false;
+      ret->call_stub = NULL;
+      ret->call_fp_stub = NULL;
+    }
+
+  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
+}
+
+/* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
+   ecoff_debug_info structure.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, section, debug)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
+{
+  HDRR *symhdr;
+  const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
+  char *ext_hdr = NULL;
+
+  swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
+  memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug));
+
+  ext_hdr = (char *) bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size);
+  if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, (file_ptr) 0,
+				swap->external_hdr_size)
+      == false)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
+  (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr);
+
+  /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
+     read.  */
+#define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type)				\
+  if (symhdr->count == 0)						\
+    debug->ptr = NULL;							\
+  else									\
+    {									\
+      bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count;		\
+      debug->ptr = (type) bfd_malloc (amt);				\
+      if (debug->ptr == NULL)						\
+	goto error_return;						\
+      if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0	\
+	  || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt)			\
+	goto error_return;						\
+    }
+
+  READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
+  READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, PTR);
+  READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, PTR);
+  READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, PTR);
+  READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, PTR);
+  READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext),
+	union aux_ext *);
+  READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *);
+  READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *);
+  READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, PTR);
+  READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, PTR);
+  READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, PTR);
+#undef READ
+
+  debug->fdr = NULL;
+  debug->adjust = NULL;
+
+  return true;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (ext_hdr != NULL)
+    free (ext_hdr);
+  if (debug->line != NULL)
+    free (debug->line);
+  if (debug->external_dnr != NULL)
+    free (debug->external_dnr);
+  if (debug->external_pdr != NULL)
+    free (debug->external_pdr);
+  if (debug->external_sym != NULL)
+    free (debug->external_sym);
+  if (debug->external_opt != NULL)
+    free (debug->external_opt);
+  if (debug->external_aux != NULL)
+    free (debug->external_aux);
+  if (debug->ss != NULL)
+    free (debug->ss);
+  if (debug->ssext != NULL)
+    free (debug->ssext);
+  if (debug->external_fdr != NULL)
+    free (debug->external_fdr);
+  if (debug->external_rfd != NULL)
+    free (debug->external_rfd);
+  if (debug->external_ext != NULL)
+    free (debug->external_ext);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output.  */
+
+static void
+ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, in, ex)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const RPDR *in;
+     struct rpdr_ext *ex;
+{
+  H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr);
+  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask);
+  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset);
+  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask);
+  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset);
+  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset);
+
+  H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg);
+  H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg);
+
+  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss);
+#if 0 /* FIXME */
+  H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->exception_info, ex->p_exception_info);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section.  */
+
+static boolean
+mips_elf_create_procedure_table (handle, abfd, info, s, debug)
+     PTR handle;
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     asection *s;
+     struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
+{
+  const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
+  HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
+  RPDR *rpdr, *rp;
+  struct rpdr_ext *erp;
+  PTR rtproc;
+  struct pdr_ext *epdr;
+  struct sym_ext *esym;
+  char *ss, **sv;
+  char *str;
+  bfd_size_type size;
+  bfd_size_type count;
+  unsigned long sindex;
+  unsigned long i;
+  PDR pdr;
+  SYMR sym;
+  const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)");
+
+  epdr = NULL;
+  rpdr = NULL;
+  esym = NULL;
+  ss = NULL;
+  sv = NULL;
+
+  swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
+
+  sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
+  count = hdr->ipdMax;
+  if (count > 0)
+    {
+      size = swap->external_pdr_size;
+
+      epdr = (struct pdr_ext *) bfd_malloc (size * count);
+      if (epdr == NULL)
+	goto error_return;
+
+      if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (PTR) epdr))
+	goto error_return;
+
+      size = sizeof (RPDR);
+      rp = rpdr = (RPDR *) bfd_malloc (size * count);
+      if (rpdr == NULL)
+	goto error_return;
+
+      size = sizeof (char *);
+      sv = (char **) bfd_malloc (size * count);
+      if (sv == NULL)
+	goto error_return;
+
+      count = hdr->isymMax;
+      size = swap->external_sym_size;
+      esym = (struct sym_ext *) bfd_malloc (size * count);
+      if (esym == NULL)
+	goto error_return;
+
+      if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (PTR) esym))
+	goto error_return;
+
+      count = hdr->issMax;
+      ss = (char *) bfd_malloc (count);
+      if (ss == NULL)
+	goto error_return;
+      if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, (PTR) ss))
+	goto error_return;
+
+      count = hdr->ipdMax;
+      for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++)
+	{
+	  (*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, (PTR) (epdr + i), &pdr);
+	  (*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, (PTR) &esym[pdr.isym], &sym);
+	  rp->adr = sym.value;
+	  rp->regmask = pdr.regmask;
+	  rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset;
+	  rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask;
+	  rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset;
+	  rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset;
+	  rp->framereg = pdr.framereg;
+	  rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg;
+	  rp->irpss = sindex;
+	  sv[i] = ss + sym.iss;
+	  sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex;
+  size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16);
+  rtproc = (PTR) bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
+  if (rtproc == NULL)
+    {
+      mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0;
+      goto error_return;
+    }
+
+  mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2;
+
+  erp = (struct rpdr_ext *) rtproc;
+  memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext));
+  erp++;
+  str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2);
+  strcpy (str, no_name_func);
+  str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+      ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i);
+      strcpy (str, sv[i]);
+      str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
+    }
+  H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr);
+
+  /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section.  */
+  s->_raw_size = size;
+  s->contents = (bfd_byte *) rtproc;
+
+  /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
+     matters, but someday it might).  */
+  s->link_order_head = (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
+
+  if (epdr != NULL)
+    free (epdr);
+  if (rpdr != NULL)
+    free (rpdr);
+  if (esym != NULL)
+    free (esym);
+  if (ss != NULL)
+    free (ss);
+  if (sv != NULL)
+    free (sv);
+
+  return true;
+
+ error_return:
+  if (epdr != NULL)
+    free (epdr);
+  if (rpdr != NULL)
+    free (rpdr);
+  if (esym != NULL)
+    free (esym);
+  if (ss != NULL)
+    free (ss);
+  if (sv != NULL)
+    free (sv);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
+   discard them.  */
+
+static boolean
+mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (h, data)
+     struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+     PTR data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+{
+  if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
+    h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
+
+  if (h->fn_stub != NULL
+      && ! h->need_fn_stub)
+    {
+      /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
+         are 16 bit calls.  Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
+         being included in the link.  */
+      h->fn_stub->_raw_size = 0;
+      h->fn_stub->_cooked_size = 0;
+      h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
+      h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0;
+      h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
+    }
+
+  if (h->call_stub != NULL
+      && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
+    {
+      /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
+         calls from other 16 bit functions are OK.  Clobber the size
+         to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link.  */
+      h->call_stub->_raw_size = 0;
+      h->call_stub->_cooked_size = 0;
+      h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
+      h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0;
+      h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
+    }
+
+  if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL
+      && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
+    {
+      /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
+         calls from other 16 bit functions are OK.  Clobber the size
+         to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link.  */
+      h->call_fp_stub->_raw_size = 0;
+      h->call_fp_stub->_cooked_size = 0;
+      h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
+      h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0;
+      h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+bfd_reloc_status_type
+_bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (abfd, symbol, reloc_entry, input_section,
+			       relocateable, data, gp)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asymbol *symbol;
+     arelent *reloc_entry;
+     asection *input_section;
+     boolean relocateable;
+     PTR data;
+     bfd_vma gp;
+{
+  bfd_vma relocation;
+  unsigned long insn;
+  unsigned long val;
+
+  if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
+    relocation = 0;
+  else
+    relocation = symbol->value;
+
+  relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
+  relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
+
+  if (reloc_entry->address > input_section->_cooked_size)
+    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
+
+  insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address);
+
+  /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol.  */
+  if (reloc_entry->howto->src_mask == 0)
+    {
+      /* This case occurs with the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI.  */
+      val = reloc_entry->addend;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      val = ((insn & 0xffff) + reloc_entry->addend) & 0xffff;
+      if (val & 0x8000)
+	val -= 0x10000;
+    }
+
+  /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value.  If we
+     are producing relocateable output, we don't want to do this for
+     an external symbol.  */
+  if (! relocateable
+      || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
+    val += relocation - gp;
+
+  insn = (insn & ~0xffff) | (val & 0xffff);
+  bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address);
+
+  if (relocateable)
+    reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
+
+  else if ((long) val >= 0x8000 || (long) val < -0x8000)
+    return bfd_reloc_overflow;
+
+  return bfd_reloc_ok;
+}
+
+/* Swap an entry in a .gptab section.  Note that these routines rely
+   on the equivalence of the two elements of the union.  */
+
+static void
+bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (abfd, ex, in)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf32_External_gptab *ex;
+     Elf32_gptab *in;
+{
+  in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
+  in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
+}
+
+static void
+bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, in, ex)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf32_gptab *in;
+     Elf32_External_gptab *ex;
+{
+  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
+  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
+}
+
+static void
+bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (abfd, in, ex)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf32_compact_rel *in;
+     Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex;
+{
+  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1);
+  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num);
+  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2);
+  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset);
+  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0);
+  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1);
+}
+
+static void
+bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (abfd, in, ex)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf32_crinfo *in;
+     Elf32_External_crinfo *ex;
+{
+  unsigned long l;
+
+  l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH)
+       | ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH)
+       | ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH)
+       | ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH));
+  H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info);
+  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst);
+  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr);
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* Swap in an MSYM entry.  */
+
+static void
+bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_in (abfd, ex, in)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf32_External_Msym *ex;
+     Elf32_Internal_Msym *in;
+{
+  in->ms_hash_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ms_hash_value);
+  in->ms_info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ms_info);
+}
+#endif
+/* Swap out an MSYM entry.  */
+
+static void
+bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out (abfd, in, ex)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf32_Internal_Msym *in;
+     Elf32_External_Msym *ex;
+{
+  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ms_hash_value, ex->ms_hash_value);
+  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ms_info, ex->ms_info);
+}
+
+/* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure.  These
+   routines swap this structure in and out.  They are used outside of
+   BFD, so they are globally visible.  */
+
+void
+bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, ex, in)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex;
+     Elf32_RegInfo *in;
+{
+  in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
+  in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
+  in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
+  in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
+  in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
+  in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
+}
+
+void
+bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, in, ex)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf32_RegInfo *in;
+     Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex;
+{
+  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
+  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
+  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
+  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
+  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
+  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
+}
+
+/* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
+   information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure.  These routines swap
+   them in and out.  They are globally visible because they are used
+   outside of BFD.  These routines are here so that gas can call them
+   without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included.  */
+
+void
+bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, ex, in)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex;
+     Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in;
+{
+  in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
+  in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad);
+  in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
+  in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
+  in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
+  in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
+  in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
+}
+
+void
+bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, in, ex)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in;
+     Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex;
+{
+  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
+  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad);
+  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
+  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
+  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
+  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
+  H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
+}
+
+/* Swap in an options header.  */
+
+void
+bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, ex, in)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf_External_Options *ex;
+     Elf_Internal_Options *in;
+{
+  in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind);
+  in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size);
+  in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section);
+  in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info);
+}
+
+/* Swap out an options header.  */
+
+void
+bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (abfd, in, ex)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     const Elf_Internal_Options *in;
+     Elf_External_Options *ex;
+{
+  H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind);
+  H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size);
+  H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section);
+  H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info);
+}
+
+/* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
+   entries by increasing r_symndx value.  */
+
+static int
+sort_dynamic_relocs (arg1, arg2)
+     const PTR arg1;
+     const PTR arg2;
+{
+  const Elf32_External_Rel *ext_reloc1 = (const Elf32_External_Rel *) arg1;
+  const Elf32_External_Rel *ext_reloc2 = (const Elf32_External_Rel *) arg2;
+
+  Elf_Internal_Rel int_reloc1;
+  Elf_Internal_Rel int_reloc2;
+
+  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, ext_reloc1, &int_reloc1);
+  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, ext_reloc2, &int_reloc2);
+
+  return (ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info));
+}
+
+/* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
+   information.  It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse.  The
+   ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
+   symbol information.  Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
+   whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
+   tables may wind up being different.  We must sort out the external
+   symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
+   section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
+   can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
+   required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
+   Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
+   stripped but required by a reloc.  In particular, it can not happen
+   when generating a final executable.  */
+
+static boolean
+mips_elf_output_extsym (h, data)
+     struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+     PTR data;
+{
+  struct extsym_info *einfo = (struct extsym_info *) data;
+  boolean strip;
+  asection *sec, *output_section;
+
+  if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
+    h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
+
+  if (h->root.indx == -2)
+    strip = false;
+  else if (((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0
+	    || (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC) != 0)
+	   && (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0
+	   && (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) == 0)
+    strip = true;
+  else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all
+	   || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some
+	       && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash,
+				   h->root.root.root.string,
+				   false, false) == NULL))
+    strip = true;
+  else
+    strip = false;
+
+  if (strip)
+    return true;
+
+  if (h->esym.ifd == -2)
+    {
+      h->esym.jmptbl = 0;
+      h->esym.cobol_main = 0;
+      h->esym.weakext = 0;
+      h->esym.reserved = 0;
+      h->esym.ifd = ifdNil;
+      h->esym.asym.value = 0;
+      h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal;
+
+      if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
+	  || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
+	{
+	  const char *name;
+
+	  /* Use undefined class.  Also, set class and type for some
+             special symbols.  */
+	  name = h->root.root.root.string;
+	  if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
+	      || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
+	    {
+	      h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
+	      h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
+	      h->esym.asym.value = 0;
+	    }
+	  else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
+	    {
+	      h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
+	      h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
+	      h->esym.asym.value =
+		mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count;
+	    }
+	  else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0)
+	    {
+	      h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
+	      h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
+	      h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
+	}
+      else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
+	  && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+	h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
+      else
+	{
+	  const char *name;
+
+	  sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
+	  output_section = sec->output_section;
+
+	  /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
+	     the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null.  */
+	  if (output_section == NULL)
+	    h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section);
+
+	      if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0)
+		h->esym.asym.sc = scText;
+	      else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0)
+		h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
+	      else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
+		h->esym.asym.sc = scSData;
+	      else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0
+		       || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0)
+		h->esym.asym.sc = scRData;
+	      else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0)
+		h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
+	      else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
+		h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
+	      else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0)
+		h->esym.asym.sc = scInit;
+	      else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0)
+		h->esym.asym.sc = scFini;
+	      else
+		h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      h->esym.asym.reserved = 0;
+      h->esym.asym.index = indexNil;
+    }
+
+  if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
+    h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size;
+  else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+	   || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+    {
+      if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
+	h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
+      else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon)
+	h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
+
+      sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
+      output_section = sec->output_section;
+      if (output_section != NULL)
+	h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value
+			      + sec->output_offset
+			      + output_section->vma);
+      else
+	h->esym.asym.value = 0;
+    }
+  else if ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) != 0)
+    {
+      struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h;
+      boolean no_fn_stub = h->no_fn_stub;
+
+      while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
+	{
+	  hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
+	  no_fn_stub = no_fn_stub || hd->no_fn_stub;
+	}
+
+      if (!no_fn_stub)
+	{
+	  /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub.  */
+	  h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
+	  sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section;
+	  if (sec == NULL)
+	    h->esym.asym.value = 0;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      output_section = sec->output_section;
+	      if (output_section != NULL)
+		h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.offset
+				      + sec->output_offset
+				      + output_section->vma);
+	      else
+		h->esym.asym.value = 0;
+	    }
+#if 0 /* FIXME?  */
+	  h->esym.ifd = 0;
+#endif
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap,
+				      h->root.root.root.string,
+				      &h->esym))
+    {
+      einfo->failed = true;
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries.  */
+
+static int
+gptab_compare (p1, p2)
+     const PTR p1;
+     const PTR p2;
+{
+  const Elf32_gptab *a1 = (const Elf32_gptab *) p1;
+  const Elf32_gptab *a2 = (const Elf32_gptab *) p2;
+
+  return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value;
+}
+
+/* Returns the GOT section for ABFD.  */
+
+static asection *
+mips_elf_got_section (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  return bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
+}
+
+/* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
+   INFO.  If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
+   section.  */
+
+static struct mips_got_info *
+mips_elf_got_info (abfd, sgotp)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection **sgotp;
+{
+  asection *sgot;
+  struct mips_got_info *g;
+
+  sgot = mips_elf_got_section (abfd);
+  BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
+  BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
+  g = (struct mips_got_info *) elf_section_data (sgot)->tdata;
+  BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
+
+  if (sgotp)
+    *sgotp = sgot;
+  return g;
+}
+
+/* Returns the GOT offset at which the indicated address can be found.
+   If there is not yet a GOT entry for this value, create one.  Returns
+   -1 if no satisfactory GOT offset can be found.  */
+
+static bfd_vma
+mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, info, value)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     bfd_vma value;
+{
+  asection *sgot;
+  struct mips_got_info *g;
+  bfd_byte *entry;
+
+  g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
+
+  /* Look to see if we already have an appropriate entry.  */
+  for (entry = (sgot->contents
+		+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO);
+       entry != sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno;
+       entry += MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
+    {
+      bfd_vma address = MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD (abfd, entry);
+      if (address == value)
+	return entry - sgot->contents;
+    }
+
+  return mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, g, sgot, value);
+}
+
+/* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H.  */
+
+static bfd_vma
+mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd, h)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+{
+  bfd_vma index;
+  asection *sgot;
+  struct mips_got_info *g;
+
+  g = mips_elf_got_info (abfd, &sgot);
+
+  /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
+     symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
+     indices into the GOT.  That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
+     offset.  */
+  BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= g->global_gotsym->dynindx);
+  index = ((h->dynindx - g->global_gotsym->dynindx + g->local_gotno)
+	   * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
+  BFD_ASSERT (index < sgot->_raw_size);
+
+  return index;
+}
+
+/* Find a GOT entry that is within 32KB of the VALUE.  These entries
+   are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
+   within 32KB of GP.  Return the index into the GOT for this page,
+   and store the offset from this entry to the desired address in
+   OFFSETP, if it is non-NULL.  */
+
+static bfd_vma
+mips_elf_got_page (abfd, info, value, offsetp)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     bfd_vma value;
+     bfd_vma *offsetp;
+{
+  asection *sgot;
+  struct mips_got_info *g;
+  bfd_byte *entry;
+  bfd_byte *last_entry;
+  bfd_vma index = 0;
+  bfd_vma address;
+
+  g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
+
+  /* Look to see if we aleady have an appropriate entry.  */
+  last_entry = sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno;
+  for (entry = (sgot->contents
+		+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO);
+       entry != last_entry;
+       entry += MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
+    {
+      address = MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD (abfd, entry);
+
+      if (!mips_elf_overflow_p (value - address, 16))
+	{
+	  /* This entry will serve as the page pointer.  We can add a
+	     16-bit number to it to get the actual address.  */
+	  index = entry - sgot->contents;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If we didn't have an appropriate entry, we create one now.  */
+  if (entry == last_entry)
+    index = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, g, sgot, value);
+
+  if (offsetp)
+    {
+      address = MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD (abfd, entry);
+      *offsetp = value - address;
+    }
+
+  return index;
+}
+
+/* Find a GOT entry whose higher-order 16 bits are the same as those
+   for value.  Return the index into the GOT for this entry.  */
+
+static bfd_vma
+mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, info, value, external)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     bfd_vma value;
+     boolean external;
+{
+  asection *sgot;
+  struct mips_got_info *g;
+  bfd_byte *entry;
+  bfd_byte *last_entry;
+  bfd_vma index = 0;
+  bfd_vma address;
+
+  if (! external)
+    {
+      /* Although the ABI says that it is "the high-order 16 bits" that we
+	 want, it is really the %high value.  The complete value is
+	 calculated with a `addiu' of a LO16 relocation, just as with a
+	 HI16/LO16 pair.  */
+      value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
+    }
+
+  g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
+
+  /* Look to see if we already have an appropriate entry.  */
+  last_entry = sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno;
+  for (entry = (sgot->contents
+		+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO);
+       entry != last_entry;
+       entry += MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
+    {
+      address = MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD (abfd, entry);
+      if (address == value)
+	{
+	  /* This entry has the right high-order 16 bits, and the low-order
+	     16 bits are set to zero.  */
+	  index = entry - sgot->contents;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If we didn't have an appropriate entry, we create one now.  */
+  if (entry == last_entry)
+    index = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, g, sgot, value);
+
+  return index;
+}
+
+/* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
+   in the GOT.  */
+
+static bfd_vma
+mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj, output_bfd, index)
+     bfd *dynobj;
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     bfd_vma index;
+{
+  asection *sgot;
+  bfd_vma gp;
+
+  sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj);
+  gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
+  return (sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + index -
+	  gp);
+}
+
+/* Create a local GOT entry for VALUE.  Return the index of the entry,
+   or -1 if it could not be created.  */
+
+static bfd_vma
+mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, g, sgot, value)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct mips_got_info *g;
+     asection *sgot;
+     bfd_vma value;
+{
+  if (g->assigned_gotno >= g->local_gotno)
+    {
+      /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT.  */
+      (*_bfd_error_handler)
+	(_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+      return (bfd_vma) -1;
+    }
+
+  MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value,
+		     (sgot->contents
+		      + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno));
+  return MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno++;
+}
+
+/* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
+   appear towards the end.  This reduces the amount of GOT space
+   required.  MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
+   known to be in the dynamic symbol table.  During
+   _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1.  Afterward, the
+   section symbols are added and the count is higher.  */
+
+static boolean
+mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, max_local)
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     unsigned long max_local;
+{
+  struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd;
+  struct mips_got_info *g;
+  bfd *dynobj;
+
+  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+
+  hsd.low = NULL;
+  hsd.min_got_dynindx = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount;
+  hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = max_local;
+  mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *)
+				elf_hash_table (info)),
+			       mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f,
+			       &hsd);
+
+  /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
+     accomodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols.  */
+  BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx);
+
+  /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
+     table index in the GOT.  */
+  g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL);
+  g->global_gotsym = hsd.low;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
+   index.  Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
+   index.  */
+
+static boolean
+mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (h, data)
+     struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+     PTR data;
+{
+  struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd
+    = (struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *) data;
+
+  if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
+    h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
+
+  /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
+     at all.  */
+  if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
+    return true;
+
+  if (h->root.got.offset != 1)
+    h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
+  else
+    {
+      h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
+      hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
+   symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
+   posterity.  */
+
+static boolean
+mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, info, g)
+     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     struct mips_got_info *g ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+{
+  /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
+     table.  */
+  if (h->dynindx == -1
+      && !bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
+    return false;
+
+  /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
+     need to do it again.  */
+  if (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE)
+    return true;
+
+  /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
+     there needs to be a GOT entry for H.  Avoid using zero, as the
+     generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0.  */
+  h->got.offset = 1;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
+   RELOCATION.  RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table.  */
+
+static const Elf_Internal_Rela *
+mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd, r_type, relocation, relend)
+     bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+     unsigned int r_type;
+     const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation;
+     const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
+{
+  /* According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must be
+     immediately following.  However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
+     relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
+     relocations for the same address.  In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
+     relocation may occur as one of these.  We permit a similar
+     extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.  */
+  while (relocation < relend)
+    {
+      if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type)
+	return relocation;
+
+      ++relocation;
+    }
+
+  /* We didn't find it.  */
+  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol.  */
+
+static boolean
+mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation, local_sections,
+			     check_forced)
+     bfd *input_bfd;
+     const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation;
+     asection **local_sections;
+     boolean check_forced;
+{
+  unsigned long r_symndx;
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
+  struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+  size_t extsymoff;
+
+  r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
+  symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
+  extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
+
+  if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
+    return true;
+  if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL)
+    return true;
+
+  if (check_forced)
+    {
+      /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
+ 	 was forced local.  */
+      h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
+	elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
+      /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol.  */
+      while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
+ 	     || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
+	h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
+      if ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL) != 0)
+	return true;
+    }
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS.  */
+
+static bfd_vma
+mips_elf_sign_extend (value, bits)
+     bfd_vma value;
+     int bits;
+{
+  if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1)))
+    /* VALUE is negative.  */
+    value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits;
+
+  return value;
+}
+
+/* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
+   range expressable by a signed number with the indicated number of
+   BITS.  */
+
+static boolean
+mips_elf_overflow_p (value, bits)
+     bfd_vma value;
+     int bits;
+{
+  bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value;
+
+  if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1)
+    /* The value is too big.  */
+    return true;
+  else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1)))
+    /* The value is too small.  */
+    return true;
+
+  /* All is well.  */
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Calculate the %high function.  */
+
+static bfd_vma
+mips_elf_high (value)
+     bfd_vma value;
+{
+  return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
+}
+
+/* Calculate the %higher function.  */
+
+static bfd_vma
+mips_elf_higher (value)
+     bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+{
+#ifdef BFD64
+  return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
+#else
+  abort ();
+  return (bfd_vma) -1;
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Calculate the %highest function.  */
+
+static bfd_vma
+mips_elf_highest (value)
+     bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+{
+#ifdef BFD64
+  return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x800080008000) >> 48) & 0xffff;
+#else
+  abort ();
+  return (bfd_vma) -1;
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Create the .compact_rel section.  */
+
+static boolean
+mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+{
+  flagword flags;
+  register asection *s;
+
+  if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL)
+    {
+      flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
+	       | SEC_READONLY);
+
+      s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".compact_rel");
+      if (s == NULL
+	  || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags)
+	  || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
+					  MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
+	return false;
+
+      s->_raw_size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel);
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table.  */
+
+static boolean
+mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  flagword flags;
+  register asection *s;
+  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+  struct mips_got_info *g;
+  bfd_size_type amt;
+
+  /* This function may be called more than once.  */
+  if (mips_elf_got_section (abfd))
+    return true;
+
+  flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
+	   | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
+
+  s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".got");
+  if (s == NULL
+      || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags)
+      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
+    return false;
+
+  /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  We don't do this in the
+     linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
+     are not creating a global offset table.  */
+  h = NULL;
+  if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
+	 (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
+	  (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, false,
+	  get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect,
+	  (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h)))
+    return false;
+  h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
+  h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
+  h->type = STT_OBJECT;
+
+  if (info->shared
+      && ! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
+    return false;
+
+  /* The first several global offset table entries are reserved.  */
+  s->_raw_size = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
+
+  amt = sizeof (struct mips_got_info);
+  g = (struct mips_got_info *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
+  if (g == NULL)
+    return false;
+  g->global_gotsym = NULL;
+  g->local_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
+  g->assigned_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
+  if (elf_section_data (s) == NULL)
+    {
+      amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data);
+      s->used_by_bfd = (PTR) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
+      if (elf_section_data (s) == NULL)
+	return false;
+    }
+  elf_section_data (s)->tdata = (PTR) g;
+  elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_flags
+    |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Returns the .msym section for ABFD, creating it if it does not
+   already exist.  Returns NULL to indicate error.  */
+
+static asection *
+mips_elf_create_msym_section (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  asection *s;
+
+  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".msym");
+  if (!s)
+    {
+      s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".msym");
+      if (!s
+	  || !bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s,
+				     SEC_ALLOC
+				     | SEC_LOAD
+				     | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
+				     | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
+				     | SEC_READONLY)
+	  || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
+					 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+  return s;
+}
+
+/* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
+   the INPUT_BFD).  The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
+   RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
+
+   The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
+   REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
+   relocation must be JALX.
+
+   This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
+   further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
+   something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
+   overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success.  */
+
+static bfd_reloc_status_type
+mips_elf_calculate_relocation (abfd, input_bfd, input_section, info,
+			       relocation, addend, howto, local_syms,
+			       local_sections, valuep, namep,
+			       require_jalxp)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     bfd *input_bfd;
+     asection *input_section;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation;
+     bfd_vma addend;
+     reloc_howto_type *howto;
+     Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
+     asection **local_sections;
+     bfd_vma *valuep;
+     const char **namep;
+     boolean *require_jalxp;
+{
+  /* The eventual value we will return.  */
+  bfd_vma value;
+  /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
+     occurring.  */
+  bfd_vma symbol = 0;
+  /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
+     shared object file being produced.  */
+  bfd_vma gp = MINUS_ONE;
+  /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
+     relocated.  */
+  bfd_vma p;
+  /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object.  */
+  bfd_vma gp0 = MINUS_ONE;
+  /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
+     the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
+     during execution.  */
+  bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE;
+  /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
+     located.  */
+  asection *sec = NULL;
+  struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
+  /* True if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
+     symbol.  */
+  boolean local_p;
+  /* True if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp".  */
+  boolean gp_disp_p = false;
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
+  size_t extsymoff;
+  unsigned long r_symndx;
+  int r_type;
+  /* True if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
+     relocation value.  */
+  boolean overflowed_p;
+  /* True if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function.  */
+  boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = false;
+
+  /* Parse the relocation.  */
+  r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
+  r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
+  p = (input_section->output_section->vma
+       + input_section->output_offset
+       + relocation->r_offset);
+
+  /* Assume that there will be no overflow.  */
+  overflowed_p = false;
+
+  /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
+     used in the array of hash table entries.  */
+  symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
+  local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
+					 local_sections, false);
+  if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
+    extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
+  else
+    {
+      /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
+	 must come before globals.  */
+      extsymoff = 0;
+    }
+
+  /* Figure out the value of the symbol.  */
+  if (local_p)
+    {
+      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
+
+      sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
+      sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
+
+      symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
+      if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION)
+	symbol += sym->st_value;
+
+      /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd.  */
+      if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
+	++symbol;
+
+      /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller.  */
+      *namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
+						symtab_hdr->sh_link,
+						sym->st_name);
+      if (*namep == '\0')
+	*namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
+
+      target_is_16_bit_code_p = (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table.  */
+      h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
+	   elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
+      /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol.  */
+      while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
+	     || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
+	h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
+
+      /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller.  */
+      *namep = h->root.root.root.string;
+
+      /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol.  Note that such a
+	 symbol must always be a global symbol.  */
+      if (strcmp (h->root.root.root.string, "_gp_disp") == 0
+	  && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
+	{
+	  /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
+	     R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations.  */
+	  if (r_type != R_MIPS_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS_LO16)
+	    return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
+
+	  gp_disp_p = true;
+	}
+      /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address.  Note that
+	 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
+	 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
+	 its defined.  */
+      else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+		|| h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+	       && h->root.root.u.def.section)
+	{
+	  sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
+	  if (sec->output_section)
+	    symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value
+		      + sec->output_section->vma
+		      + sec->output_offset);
+	  else
+	    symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value;
+	}
+      else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
+	/* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
+	   it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
+	   and check to see if they exist by looking at their
+	   addresses.  */
+	symbol = 0;
+      else if (info->shared
+	       && (!info->symbolic || info->allow_shlib_undefined)
+	       && !info->no_undefined
+	       && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
+	symbol = 0;
+      else if (strcmp (h->root.root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0 ||
+              strcmp (h->root.root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
+	{
+	  /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
+	     _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
+	     in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
+	     Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
+	     FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
+	     somehow as well.  */
+	  BFD_ASSERT (! info->shared);
+	  BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL);
+	  symbol = 0;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (! ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
+		 (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
+		  input_section, relocation->r_offset,
+		  (!info->shared || info->no_undefined
+		   || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other)))))
+	    return bfd_reloc_undefined;
+	  symbol = 0;
+	}
+
+      target_is_16_bit_code_p = (h->root.other == STO_MIPS16);
+    }
+
+  /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
+     need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
+     a stub.  */
+  if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocateable
+      && ((h != NULL && h->fn_stub != NULL)
+	  || (local_p && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
+	      && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
+      && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd, input_section))
+    {
+      /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function.  We should
+	 have already noticed that we were going to need the
+	 stub.  */
+      if (local_p)
+	sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx];
+      else
+	{
+	  BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub);
+	  sec = h->fn_stub;
+	}
+
+      symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
+    }
+  /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
+     need to redirect the call to the stub.  */
+  else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocateable
+	   && h != NULL
+	   && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
+	   && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
+    {
+      /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
+	 out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input
+	 file.  */
+      if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
+	{
+	  asection *o;
+
+	  sec = NULL;
+	  for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
+	    {
+	      if (strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o),
+			   CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
+		{
+		  sec = h->call_fp_stub;
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	  if (sec == NULL)
+	    sec = h->call_stub;
+	}
+      else if (h->call_stub != NULL)
+	sec = h->call_stub;
+      else
+	sec = h->call_fp_stub;
+
+      BFD_ASSERT (sec->_raw_size > 0);
+      symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
+    }
+
+  /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
+     special jalx instruction.  */
+  *require_jalxp = (!info->relocateable
+                    && (((r_type == R_MIPS16_26) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
+                        || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26) && target_is_16_bit_code_p)));
+
+  local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
+					 local_sections, true);
+
+  /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
+     and we're going to need it, get it now.  */
+  switch (r_type)
+    {
+    case R_MIPS_CALL16:
+    case R_MIPS_GOT16:
+    case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
+    case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
+    case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
+    case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
+    case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
+      /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located.  */
+      if (!local_p)
+	{
+	  BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
+	  g = mips_elf_global_got_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
+					 (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h);
+	  if (! elf_hash_table(info)->dynamic_sections_created
+	      || (info->shared
+		  && (info->symbolic || h->root.dynindx == -1)
+		  && (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR)))
+	    {
+	      /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link.  The
+		 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
+		 We must initialize this entry in the GOT.  */
+	      bfd *tmpbfd = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+	      asection *sgot = mips_elf_got_section(tmpbfd);
+	      MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (tmpbfd, symbol + addend, sgot->contents + g);
+	    }
+	}
+      else if (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16 || r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16)
+	/* There's no need to create a local GOT entry here; the
+	   calculation for a local GOT16 entry does not involve G.  */
+	break;
+      else
+	{
+	  g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, info, symbol + addend);
+	  if (g == MINUS_ONE)
+	    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
+	}
+
+      /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets.  */
+      g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
+					  abfd, g);
+      break;
+
+    case R_MIPS_HI16:
+    case R_MIPS_LO16:
+    case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
+    case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
+    case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
+    case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
+      gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
+      gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+
+  /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed.  */
+  switch (r_type)
+    {
+    case R_MIPS_NONE:
+      return bfd_reloc_continue;
+
+    case R_MIPS_16:
+      value = symbol + mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
+      overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
+      break;
+
+    case R_MIPS_32:
+    case R_MIPS_REL32:
+    case R_MIPS_64:
+      if ((info->shared
+	   || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
+	       && h != NULL
+	       && ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
+		    & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0)
+	       && ((h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
+		    & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)))
+	  && r_symndx != 0
+	  && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
+	{
+	  /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
+	     against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
+	     where the symbol will end up.  So, we create a relocation
+	     record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
+	     linker.  */
+	  value = addend;
+	  if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd,
+						   info,
+						   relocation,
+						   h,
+						   sec,
+						   symbol,
+						   &value,
+						   input_section))
+	    return bfd_reloc_undefined;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
+	    value = symbol + addend;
+	  else
+	    value = addend;
+	}
+      value &= howto->dst_mask;
+      break;
+
+    case R_MIPS_PC32:
+    case R_MIPS_PC64:
+    case R_MIPS_GNU_REL_LO16:
+      value = symbol + addend - p;
+      value &= howto->dst_mask;
+      break;
+
+    case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2:
+      value = symbol + mips_elf_sign_extend (addend << 2, 18) - p;
+      overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18);
+      value = (value >> 2) & howto->dst_mask;
+      break;
+
+    case R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16:
+      /* Instead of subtracting 'p' here, we should be subtracting the
+	 equivalent value for the LO part of the reloc, since the value
+	 here is relative to that address.  Because that's not easy to do,
+	 we adjust 'addend' in _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section().  See also
+	 the comment there for more information.  */
+      value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - p);
+      value &= howto->dst_mask;
+      break;
+
+    case R_MIPS16_26:
+      /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
+	 R_MIPS_26.  It's only the storage of the relocated field into
+	 the output file that's different.  That's handled in
+	 mips_elf_perform_relocation.  So, we just fall through to the
+	 R_MIPS_26 case here.  */
+    case R_MIPS_26:
+      if (local_p)
+	value = (((addend << 2) | ((p + 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol) >> 2;
+      else
+	value = (mips_elf_sign_extend (addend << 2, 28) + symbol) >> 2;
+      value &= howto->dst_mask;
+      break;
+
+    case R_MIPS_HI16:
+      if (!gp_disp_p)
+	{
+	  value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol);
+	  value &= howto->dst_mask;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p);
+	  overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case R_MIPS_LO16:
+      if (!gp_disp_p)
+	value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask;
+      else
+	{
+	  value = addend + gp - p + 4;
+	  /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
+	     for overflow.  But, on, say, Irix 5, relocations against
+	     _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
+	     pseudo-op.  It generates code that normally looks like
+	     this:
+
+	       lui    $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
+	       addiu  $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
+	       addu   $gp,$gp,$t9
+
+	     Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
+	     as required by the MIPS ELF ABI.  The R_MIPS_LO16
+	     relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
+	     R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
+	     Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
+	     not check for overflow here.  */
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
+      /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
+	 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16.  In the long run, we should merge
+	 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
+	 here.  */
+
+      /* Fall through.  */
+
+    case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
+      /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
+	 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
+	 order.  We don't need to do anything special here; the
+	 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation.  */
+    case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
+      if (local_p)
+	value = mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16) + symbol + gp0 - gp;
+      else
+	value = mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16) + symbol - gp;
+      overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
+      break;
+
+    case R_MIPS_GOT16:
+    case R_MIPS_CALL16:
+      if (local_p)
+	{
+	  boolean forced;
+
+	  /* The special case is when the symbol is forced to be local.  We
+	     need the full address in the GOT since no R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
+	     follows.  */
+	  forced = ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
+						  local_sections, false);
+	  value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, info, symbol + addend, forced);
+	  if (value == MINUS_ONE)
+	    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
+	  value
+	    = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
+					      abfd,
+					      value);
+	  overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      /* Fall through.  */
+
+    case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
+      value = g;
+      overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
+      break;
+
+    case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
+      value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp) & howto->dst_mask;
+      break;
+
+    case R_MIPS_PC16:
+      value = mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16) + symbol - p;
+      overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
+      value = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) value / 4);
+      break;
+
+    case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
+    case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
+      /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
+	 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
+	 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub.  */
+      value = g;
+      value = mips_elf_high (value);
+      value &= howto->dst_mask;
+      break;
+
+    case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
+    case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
+      value = g & howto->dst_mask;
+      break;
+
+    case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
+      value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL);
+      if (value == MINUS_ONE)
+	return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
+      value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj,
+					      abfd,
+					      value);
+      overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
+      break;
+
+    case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
+      mips_elf_got_page (abfd, info, symbol + addend, &value);
+      overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
+      break;
+
+    case R_MIPS_SUB:
+      value = symbol - addend;
+      value &= howto->dst_mask;
+      break;
+
+    case R_MIPS_HIGHER:
+      value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol);
+      value &= howto->dst_mask;
+      break;
+
+    case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
+      value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol);
+      value &= howto->dst_mask;
+      break;
+
+    case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP:
+      value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset;
+      value &= howto->dst_mask;
+      break;
+
+    case R_MIPS_PJUMP:
+    case R_MIPS_JALR:
+      /* Both of these may be ignored.  R_MIPS_JALR is an optimization
+	 hint; we could improve performance by honoring that hint.  */
+      return bfd_reloc_continue;
+
+    case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
+    case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
+      /* We don't do anything with these at present.  */
+      return bfd_reloc_continue;
+
+    default:
+      /* An unrecognized relocation type.  */
+      return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
+    }
+
+  /* Store the VALUE for our caller.  */
+  *valuep = value;
+  return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok;
+}
+
+/* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION.  */
+
+static bfd_vma
+mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents)
+     reloc_howto_type *howto;
+     const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation;
+     bfd *input_bfd;
+     bfd_byte *contents;
+{
+  bfd_vma x;
+  bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
+
+  /* Obtain the bytes.  */
+  x = bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto)), input_bfd, location);
+
+  if ((ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info) == R_MIPS16_26
+       || ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info) == R_MIPS16_GPREL)
+      && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd))
+    /* The two 16-bit words will be reversed on a little-endian system.
+       See mips_elf_perform_relocation for more details.  */
+    x = (((x & 0xffff) << 16) | ((x & 0xffff0000) >> 16));
+
+  return x;
+}
+
+/* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
+   VALUE.  Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
+   appropriate position.  The SECTION is the section to which the
+   relocation applies.  If REQUIRE_JALX is true, then the opcode used
+   for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
+   unconditionally converted to JALX.
+
+   Returns false if anything goes wrong.  */
+
+static boolean
+mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, relocation, value, input_bfd,
+			     input_section, contents, require_jalx)
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     reloc_howto_type *howto;
+     const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation;
+     bfd_vma value;
+     bfd *input_bfd;
+     asection *input_section;
+     bfd_byte *contents;
+     boolean require_jalx;
+{
+  bfd_vma x;
+  bfd_byte *location;
+  int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
+
+  /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring.  */
+  location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
+
+  /* Obtain the current value.  */
+  x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents);
+
+  /* Clear the field we are setting.  */
+  x &= ~howto->dst_mask;
+
+  /* If this is the R_MIPS16_26 relocation, we must store the
+     value in a funny way.  */
+  if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
+    {
+      /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
+	 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
+	 are 32 bits.
+
+	 The format of these instructions is:
+
+	 +--------------+--------------------------------+
+	 !     JALX     ! X!   Imm 20:16  !   Imm 25:21  !
+	 +--------------+--------------------------------+
+	 !	  	  Immediate  15:0		    !
+	 +-----------------------------------------------+
+
+	 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011.  X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
+	 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
+
+	 When producing a relocateable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
+	 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26.  In particular, the addend is
+	 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
+	 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
+	 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
+	 always zero).  However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
+	 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value.  In a
+	 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
+	 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
+	 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
+	 instruction.
+
+	 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
+	 instruction stored as two 16-bit values.  The addend A is the
+	 contents of the targ26 field.  The calculation is the same as
+	 R_MIPS_26.  When storing the calculated value, reorder the
+	 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
+	 value as two 16-bit values.
+
+	 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
+	 defined as
+
+	 big-endian:
+	 +--------+----------------------+
+	 |        |                      |
+	 |        |    targ26-16         |
+	 |31    26|25                   0|
+	 +--------+----------------------+
+
+	 little-endian:
+	 +----------+------+-------------+
+	 |          |      |             |
+	 |  sub1    |      |     sub2    |
+	 |0        9|10  15|16         31|
+	 +----------+--------------------+
+	 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
+	 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
+
+	 When producing a relocateable object file, the calculation is
+	 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
+	 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
+	 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
+	 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)  */
+
+      if (!info->relocateable)
+	/* Shuffle the bits according to the formula above.  */
+	value = (((value & 0x1f0000) << 5)
+		 | ((value & 0x3e00000) >> 5)
+		 | (value & 0xffff));
+    }
+  else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL)
+    {
+      /* R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
+	 mode.  A typical instruction will have a format like this:
+
+	 +--------------+--------------------------------+
+	 !    EXTEND    !     Imm 10:5    !   Imm 15:11  !
+	 +--------------+--------------------------------+
+	 !    Major     !   rx   !   ry   !   Imm  4:0   !
+	 +--------------+--------------------------------+
+
+	 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110.  Major is the instruction
+	 opcode.
+
+	 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
+	 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
+	 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
+
+         All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.  As
+	 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
+	 little-endian system.  */
+      value = (((value & 0x7e0) << 16)
+	       | ((value & 0xf800) << 5)
+	       | (value & 0x1f));
+    }
+
+  /* Set the field.  */
+  x |= (value & howto->dst_mask);
+
+  /* If required, turn JAL into JALX.  */
+  if (require_jalx)
+    {
+      boolean ok;
+      bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
+      bfd_vma jalx_opcode;
+
+      /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX.  */
+      if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
+	{
+	  ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7));
+	  jalx_opcode = 0x7;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d));
+	  jalx_opcode = 0x1d;
+	}
+
+      /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem.  */
+      if (!ok)
+	{
+	  (*_bfd_error_handler)
+	    (_("%s: %s+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
+	     bfd_archive_filename (input_bfd),
+	     input_section->name,
+	     (unsigned long) relocation->r_offset);
+	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+	  return false;
+	}
+
+      /* Make this the JALX opcode.  */
+      x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
+    }
+
+  /* Swap the high- and low-order 16 bits on little-endian systems
+     when doing a MIPS16 relocation.  */
+  if ((r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL || r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
+      && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd))
+    x = (((x & 0xffff) << 16) | ((x & 0xffff0000) >> 16));
+
+  /* Put the value into the output.  */
+  bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), input_bfd, x, location);
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Returns true if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section.  */
+
+static boolean
+mips_elf_stub_section_p (abfd, section)
+     bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+     asection *section;
+{
+  const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, section);
+
+  return (strncmp (name, FN_STUB, sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0
+	  || strncmp (name, CALL_STUB, sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
+	  || strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0);
+}
+
+/* Add room for N relocations to the .rel.dyn section in ABFD.  */
+
+static void
+mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (abfd, n)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     unsigned int n;
+{
+  asection *s;
+
+  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rel.dyn");
+  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+
+  if (s->_raw_size == 0)
+    {
+      /* Make room for a null element.  */
+      s->_raw_size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
+      ++s->reloc_count;
+    }
+  s->_raw_size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
+}
+
+/* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve.  REL
+   is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
+   dynamic relocation.  The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
+   caller should store the result in place of the original addend.  */
+
+static boolean
+mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, info, rel, h, sec,
+				    symbol, addendp, input_section)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
+     struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+     asection *sec;
+     bfd_vma symbol;
+     bfd_vma *addendp;
+     asection *input_section;
+{
+  Elf_Internal_Rel outrel[3];
+  boolean skip;
+  asection *sreloc;
+  bfd *dynobj;
+  int r_type;
+
+  r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
+  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+  sreloc
+    = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rel.dyn");
+  BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
+  BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL);
+  BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)
+	      < sreloc->_raw_size);
+
+  skip = false;
+  outrel[0].r_offset =
+    _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset);
+  outrel[1].r_offset =
+    _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset);
+  outrel[2].r_offset =
+    _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset);
+
+#if 0
+  /* We begin by assuming that the offset for the dynamic relocation
+     is the same as for the original relocation.  We'll adjust this
+     later to reflect the correct output offsets.  */
+  if (elf_section_data (input_section)->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS)
+    {
+      outrel[1].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset;
+      outrel[2].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Except that in a stab section things are more complex.
+	 Because we compress stab information, the offset given in the
+	 relocation may not be the one we want; we must let the stabs
+	 machinery tell us the offset.  */
+      outrel[1].r_offset = outrel[0].r_offset;
+      outrel[2].r_offset = outrel[0].r_offset;
+      /* If we didn't need the relocation at all, this value will be
+	 -1.  */
+      if (outrel[0].r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
+	skip = true;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  if (outrel[0].r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
+    skip = true;
+  /* FIXME: For -2 runtime relocation needs to be skipped, but
+     properly resolved statically and installed.  */
+  BFD_ASSERT (outrel[0].r_offset != (bfd_vma) -2);
+
+  /* If we've decided to skip this relocation, just output an empty
+     record.  Note that R_MIPS_NONE == 0, so that this call to memset
+     is a way of setting R_TYPE to R_MIPS_NONE.  */
+  if (skip)
+    memset (outrel, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rel) * 3);
+  else
+    {
+      long indx;
+      bfd_vma section_offset;
+
+      /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
+	 in the relocation.  */
+      if (h != NULL
+	  && (! info->symbolic || (h->root.elf_link_hash_flags
+				   & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0))
+	{
+	  indx = h->root.dynindx;
+	  /* h->root.dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
+	     become local.  */
+	  if (indx == -1)
+	    indx = 0;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
+	    indx = 0;
+	  else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
+	    {
+	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+	      return false;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
+	      if (indx == 0)
+		abort ();
+	    }
+
+	  /* Figure out how far the target of the relocation is from
+	     the beginning of its section.  */
+	  section_offset = symbol - sec->output_section->vma;
+	  /* The relocation we're building is section-relative.
+	     Therefore, the original addend must be adjusted by the
+	     section offset.  */
+	  *addendp += section_offset;
+	  /* Now, the relocation is just against the section.  */
+	  symbol = sec->output_section->vma;
+	}
+
+      /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
+	 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
+	 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
+	 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker.  */
+      if (!indx && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
+	*addendp += symbol;
+
+      /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
+	 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time.  */
+      outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, indx, R_MIPS_REL32);
+
+      /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
+	 correct location in the output file.  */
+      outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
+			     + input_section->output_offset);
+      outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
+			     + input_section->output_offset);
+      outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
+			     + input_section->output_offset);
+    }
+
+  /* Put the relocation back out.  We have to use the special
+     relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
+     relocation format is non-standard.  */
+  if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
+    {
+      (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
+	(output_bfd, &outrel[0],
+	 (sreloc->contents
+	  + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
+    }
+  else
+    bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
+			      (((Elf32_External_Rel *)
+				sreloc->contents)
+			       + sreloc->reloc_count));
+
+  /* Record the index of the first relocation referencing H.  This
+     information is later emitted in the .msym section.  */
+  if (h != NULL
+      && (h->min_dyn_reloc_index == 0
+	  || sreloc->reloc_count < h->min_dyn_reloc_index))
+    h->min_dyn_reloc_index = sreloc->reloc_count;
+
+  /* We've now added another relocation.  */
+  ++sreloc->reloc_count;
+
+  /* Make sure the output section is writable.  The dynamic linker
+     will be writing to it.  */
+  elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags
+    |= SHF_WRITE;
+
+  /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info.  */
+  if (! skip && IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5)
+    {
+      asection *scpt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
+      bfd_byte *cr;
+
+      if (scpt)
+	{
+	  Elf32_crinfo cptrel;
+
+	  mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG);
+	  cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset
+			  + input_section->output_section->vma
+			  + input_section->output_offset);
+	  if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32)
+	    mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32);
+	  else
+	    mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD);
+	  mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0);
+	  cptrel.konst = *addendp;
+
+	  cr = (scpt->contents
+		+ sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
+	  bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel,
+				     ((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr
+				      + scpt->reloc_count));
+	  ++scpt->reloc_count;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Return the ISA for a MIPS e_flags value.  */
+
+static INLINE int
+elf_mips_isa (flags)
+     flagword flags;
+{
+  switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
+    {
+    case E_MIPS_ARCH_1:
+      return 1;
+    case E_MIPS_ARCH_2:
+      return 2;
+    case E_MIPS_ARCH_3:
+      return 3;
+    case E_MIPS_ARCH_4:
+      return 4;
+    case E_MIPS_ARCH_5:
+      return 5;
+    case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
+      return 32;
+    case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
+      return 64;
+    }
+  return 4;
+}
+
+/* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value.  */
+
+unsigned long
+_bfd_elf_mips_mach (flags)
+     flagword flags;
+{
+  switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH)
+    {
+    case E_MIPS_MACH_3900:
+      return bfd_mach_mips3900;
+
+    case E_MIPS_MACH_4010:
+      return bfd_mach_mips4010;
+
+    case E_MIPS_MACH_4100:
+      return bfd_mach_mips4100;
+
+    case E_MIPS_MACH_4111:
+      return bfd_mach_mips4111;
+
+    case E_MIPS_MACH_4650:
+      return bfd_mach_mips4650;
+
+    case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1:
+      return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
+
+    default:
+      switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
+	{
+	default:
+	case E_MIPS_ARCH_1:
+	  return bfd_mach_mips3000;
+	  break;
+
+	case E_MIPS_ARCH_2:
+	  return bfd_mach_mips6000;
+	  break;
+
+	case E_MIPS_ARCH_3:
+	  return bfd_mach_mips4000;
+	  break;
+
+	case E_MIPS_ARCH_4:
+	  return bfd_mach_mips8000;
+	  break;
+
+	case E_MIPS_ARCH_5:
+	  return bfd_mach_mips5;
+	  break;
+
+	case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
+	  return bfd_mach_mipsisa32;
+	  break;
+
+	case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
+	  return bfd_mach_mipsisa64;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Return printable name for ABI.  */
+
+static INLINE char *
+elf_mips_abi_name (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  flagword flags;
+
+  flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
+  switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
+    {
+    case 0:
+      if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
+	return "N32";
+      else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
+	return "64";
+      else
+	return "none";
+    case E_MIPS_ABI_O32:
+      return "O32";
+    case E_MIPS_ABI_O64:
+      return "O64";
+    case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32:
+      return "EABI32";
+    case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64:
+      return "EABI64";
+    default:
+      return "unknown abi";
+    }
+}
+
+/* MIPS ELF uses two common sections.  One is the usual one, and the
+   other is for small objects.  All the small objects are kept
+   together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
+   faster assembler code.  This is what we use for the small common
+   section.  This approach is copied from ecoff.c.  */
+static asection mips_elf_scom_section;
+static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol;
+static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
+
+/* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
+   allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
+   definition in a shared library.  */
+static asection mips_elf_acom_section;
+static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol;
+static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
+
+/* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
+   This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.  */
+
+void
+_bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (abfd, asym)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asymbol *asym;
+{
+  elf_symbol_type *elfsym;
+
+  elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
+  switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
+    {
+    case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
+      /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
+	 It is an allocated common section.  The dynamic linker can
+	 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
+	 library, or it can just leave them here.  For our purposes,
+	 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section.  */
+      if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL)
+	{
+	  /* Initialize the acommon section.  */
+	  mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon";
+	  mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC;
+	  mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
+	  mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
+	  mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
+	  mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon";
+	  mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
+	  mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
+	  mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
+	}
+      asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
+      break;
+
+    case SHN_COMMON:
+      /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
+	 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5.  */
+      if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd)
+	  || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
+	break;
+      /* Fall through.  */
+    case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
+      if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL)
+	{
+	  /* Initialize the small common section.  */
+	  mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon";
+	  mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON;
+	  mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
+	  mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
+	  mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
+	  mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon";
+	  mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
+	  mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
+	  mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
+	}
+      asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
+      asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
+      break;
+
+    case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
+      asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
+      break;
+
+#if 0 /* for SGI_COMPAT */
+    case SHN_MIPS_TEXT:
+      asym->section = mips_elf_text_section_ptr;
+      break;
+
+    case SHN_MIPS_DATA:
+      asym->section = mips_elf_data_section_ptr;
+      break;
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+/* Work over a section just before writing it out.  This routine is
+   used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.  FIXME: We recognize
+   sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
+   a better way.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (abfd, hdr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
+{
+  if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
+      && hdr->sh_size > 0)
+    {
+      bfd_byte buf[4];
+
+      BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
+      BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL);
+
+      if (bfd_seek (abfd,
+		    hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4,
+		    SEEK_SET) != 0)
+	return false;
+      H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
+      if (bfd_bwrite (buf, (bfd_size_type) 4, abfd) != 4)
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
+      && hdr->bfd_section != NULL
+      && elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL
+      && elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->tdata != NULL)
+    {
+      bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
+
+      /* We stored the section contents in the elf_section_data tdata
+	 field in the set_section_contents routine.  We save the
+	 section contents so that we don't have to read them again.
+	 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
+	 through the section contents to see if there is an
+	 ODK_REGINFO structure.  */
+
+      contents = (bfd_byte *) elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->tdata;
+      l = contents;
+      lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
+      while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
+	{
+	  Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
+
+	  bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
+					&intopt);
+	  if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
+	    {
+	      bfd_byte buf[8];
+
+	      if (bfd_seek (abfd,
+			    (hdr->sh_offset
+			     + (l - contents)
+			     + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
+			     + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)),
+			     SEEK_SET) != 0)
+		return false;
+	      H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
+	      if (bfd_bwrite (buf, (bfd_size_type) 8, abfd) != 8)
+		return false;
+	    }
+	  else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
+	    {
+	      bfd_byte buf[4];
+
+	      if (bfd_seek (abfd,
+			    (hdr->sh_offset
+			     + (l - contents)
+			     + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
+			     + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)),
+			    SEEK_SET) != 0)
+		return false;
+	      H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
+	      if (bfd_bwrite (buf, (bfd_size_type) 4, abfd) != 4)
+		return false;
+	    }
+	  l += intopt.size;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
+    {
+      const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section);
+
+      if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
+	  || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0
+	  || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
+	{
+	  hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
+	  hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
+	}
+      else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
+	{
+	  hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
+	  hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
+	}
+      else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0)
+	{
+	  hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
+	  hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
+	}
+      else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0)
+	{
+	  hdr->sh_flags = 0;
+	  hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
+	}
+      else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0)
+	{
+	  if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0)
+	    {
+	      unsigned int adjust;
+
+	      adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign;
+	      if (adjust != 0)
+		hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file.  This
+   is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
+   This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
+
+   FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
+   how to.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
+     char *name;
+{
+  flagword flags = 0;
+
+  /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
+     at the moment there isn't one.  We just keep track of the
+     sections by their name, instead.  Fortunately, the ABI gives
+     suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
+     probably get away with this.  */
+  switch (hdr->sh_type)
+    {
+    case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
+      if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0)
+	return false;
+      break;
+    case SHT_MIPS_MSYM:
+      if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0)
+	return false;
+      break;
+    case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
+      if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0)
+	return false;
+      break;
+    case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
+      if (strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) != 0)
+	return false;
+      break;
+    case SHT_MIPS_UCODE:
+      if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0)
+	return false;
+      break;
+    case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG:
+      if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0)
+	return false;
+      flags = SEC_DEBUGGING;
+      break;
+    case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO:
+      if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0
+	  || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo))
+	return false;
+      flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
+      break;
+    case SHT_MIPS_IFACE:
+      if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
+	return false;
+      break;
+    case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
+      if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content", sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) != 0)
+	return false;
+      break;
+    case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
+      if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) != 0)
+	return false;
+      break;
+    case SHT_MIPS_DWARF:
+      if (strncmp (name, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) != 0)
+	return false;
+      break;
+    case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
+      if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
+	return false;
+      break;
+    case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
+      if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) != 0
+	  && strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
+		      sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) != 0)
+	return false;
+      break;
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name))
+    return false;
+
+  if (flags)
+    {
+      if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
+				   (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd,
+							   hdr->bfd_section)
+				    | flags)))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section.  */
+
+  /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
+     from the contents of this section.  We need the gp value while
+     processing relocs, so we just get it now.  The .reginfo section
+     is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI.  */
+  if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO)
+    {
+      Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
+      Elf32_RegInfo s;
+
+      if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, (PTR) &ext,
+				      (file_ptr) 0,
+				      (bfd_size_type) sizeof ext))
+	return false;
+      bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s);
+      elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value;
+    }
+
+  /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
+     set the gp value based on what we find.  We may see both
+     SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
+     they should agree.  */
+  if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
+    {
+      bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
+
+      contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
+      if (contents == NULL)
+	return false;
+      if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents,
+				      (file_ptr) 0, hdr->sh_size))
+	{
+	  free (contents);
+	  return false;
+	}
+      l = contents;
+      lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
+      while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
+	{
+	  Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
+
+	  bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
+					&intopt);
+	  if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
+	    {
+	      Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg;
+
+	      bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
+		(abfd,
+		 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo *)
+		  (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
+		 &intreg);
+	      elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
+	    }
+	  else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
+	    {
+	      Elf32_RegInfo intreg;
+
+	      bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
+		(abfd,
+		 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo *)
+		  (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
+		 &intreg);
+	      elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
+	    }
+	  l += intopt.size;
+	}
+      free (contents);
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section.  We do this by the
+   section name, which is a hack, but ought to work.  This routine is
+   used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (abfd, hdr, sec)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     Elf32_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
+     asection *sec;
+{
+  register const char *name;
+
+  name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
+
+  if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0)
+    {
+      hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST;
+      hdr->sh_info = sec->_raw_size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib);
+      /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing.  */
+    }
+  else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0)
+    hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT;
+  else if (strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
+    {
+      hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB;
+      hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
+      /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing.  */
+    }
+  else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0)
+    hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE;
+  else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0)
+    {
+      hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG;
+      /* In a shared object on Irix 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
+         entsize of 0.  FIXME: Does this matter?  */
+      if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
+	hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
+      else
+	hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
+    }
+  else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0)
+    {
+      hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO;
+      /* In a shared object on Irix 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
+         entsize of 0x18.  FIXME: Does this matter?  */
+      if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
+	{
+	  if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
+	    hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
+	  else
+	    hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
+	}
+      else
+	hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
+    }
+  else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
+	   && (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0
+	       || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0
+	       || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0))
+    {
+      if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
+	hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
+#if 0
+      /* This isn't how the Irix 6 linker behaves.  */
+      hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES;
+#endif
+    }
+  else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0
+	   || strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0
+	   || strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
+	   || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
+	   || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0
+	   || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0)
+    hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
+  else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
+    {
+      hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE;
+      hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
+    }
+  else if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content", strlen (".MIPS.content")) == 0)
+    {
+      hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT;
+      hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
+      /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing.  */
+    }
+  else if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == 0)
+    {
+      hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
+      hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
+      hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
+    }
+  else if (strncmp (name, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) == 0)
+    hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
+  else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
+    {
+      hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB;
+      /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
+         final_write_processing.  */
+    }
+  else if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0
+	   || strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
+		       sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0)
+    {
+      hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS;
+      hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
+      /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing.  */
+    }
+  else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0)
+    {
+      hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM;
+      hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
+      hdr->sh_entsize = 8;
+    }
+
+  /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the
+     default kind of relocations.  But, we may actually need both
+     kinds of relocations, so we set up the second header here.
+
+     This is not necessary for the O32 ABI since that only uses Elf32_Rel
+     relocations (cf. System V ABI, MIPS RISC Processor Supplement,
+     3rd Edition, p. 4-17).  It breaks the IRIX 5/6 32-bit ld, since one
+     of the resulting empty .rela.<section> sections starts with
+     sh_offset == object size, and ld doesn't allow that.  While the check
+     is arguably bogus for empty or SHT_NOBITS sections, it can easily be
+     avoided by not emitting those useless sections in the first place.  */
+  if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_irix5 && (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0)
+    {
+      struct bfd_elf_section_data *esd;
+      bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr);
+
+      esd = elf_section_data (sec);
+      BFD_ASSERT (esd->rel_hdr2 == NULL);
+      esd->rel_hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
+      if (!esd->rel_hdr2)
+	return false;
+      _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, esd->rel_hdr2, sec,
+				!elf_section_data (sec)->use_rela_p);
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
+   index.  This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
+   Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
+   but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
+   the .scommon section.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec, retval)
+     bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+     asection *sec;
+     int *retval;
+{
+  if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0)
+    {
+      *retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
+      return true;
+    }
+  if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0)
+    {
+      *retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON;
+      return true;
+    }
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
+   file.  We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     const Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
+     const char **namep;
+     flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+     asection **secp;
+     bfd_vma *valp;
+{
+  if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
+      && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
+      && strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
+    {
+      /* Skip Irix 5 rld entry name.  */
+      *namep = NULL;
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  switch (sym->st_shndx)
+    {
+    case SHN_COMMON:
+      /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
+	 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols.  */
+      if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd)
+	  || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
+	break;
+      /* Fall through.  */
+    case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
+      *secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon");
+      (*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
+      *valp = sym->st_size;
+      break;
+
+    case SHN_MIPS_TEXT:
+      /* This section is used in a shared object.  */
+      if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL)
+	{
+	  asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
+	  asection *elf_text_section;
+	  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
+
+	  elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
+	  if (elf_text_section == NULL)
+	    return false;
+
+	  amt = sizeof (asymbol);
+	  elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
+	  if (elf_text_symbol == NULL)
+	    return false;
+
+	  /* Initialize the section.  */
+
+	  elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section;
+	  elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol;
+
+	  elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol;
+	  elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol;
+
+	  elf_text_section->name = ".text";
+	  elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
+	  elf_text_section->output_section = NULL;
+	  elf_text_section->owner = abfd;
+	  elf_text_symbol->name = ".text";
+	  elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
+	  elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section;
+	}
+      /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
+         info->shared.  I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
+         so I took it out.  */
+      *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section;
+      break;
+
+    case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
+      /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data?  */
+    case SHN_MIPS_DATA:
+      /* This section is used in a shared object.  */
+      if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL)
+	{
+	  asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
+	  asection *elf_data_section;
+	  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
+
+	  elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
+	  if (elf_data_section == NULL)
+	    return false;
+
+	  amt = sizeof (asymbol);
+	  elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
+	  if (elf_data_symbol == NULL)
+	    return false;
+
+	  /* Initialize the section.  */
+
+	  elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section;
+	  elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol;
+
+	  elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol;
+	  elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol;
+
+	  elf_data_section->name = ".data";
+	  elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
+	  elf_data_section->output_section = NULL;
+	  elf_data_section->owner = abfd;
+	  elf_data_symbol->name = ".data";
+	  elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
+	  elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section;
+	}
+      /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
+         info->shared.  I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
+         so I took it out.  */
+      *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section;
+      break;
+
+    case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
+      *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr;
+      break;
+    }
+
+  if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
+      && ! info->shared
+      && info->hash->creator == abfd->xvec
+      && strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
+    {
+      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+      /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic.  */
+      h = NULL;
+      if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
+	     (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp,
+	      (bfd_vma) *valp, (const char *) NULL, false,
+	      get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect,
+	      (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h)))
+	return false;
+      h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
+      h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
+      h->type = STT_OBJECT;
+
+      if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
+	return false;
+
+      mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = true;
+    }
+
+  /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
+     odd.  This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
+     the right value when it is loaded into the PC.  */
+  if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
+    ++*valp;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
+   symbol.  We mark symbols as small common if appropriate.  This is
+   also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook (abfd, info, name, sym, input_sec)
+     bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+     const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+     Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
+     asection *input_sec;
+{
+  /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
+     if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
+     common in the output file.  */
+  if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
+      && strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0)
+    sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
+
+  if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16
+      && (sym->st_value & 1) != 0)
+    --sym->st_value;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Functions for the dynamic linker.  */
+
+/* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+  flagword flags;
+  register asection *s;
+  const char * const *namep;
+
+  flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
+	   | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
+
+  /* Mips ABI requests the .dynamic section to be read only.  */
+  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
+  if (s != NULL)
+    {
+      if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* We need to create .got section.  */
+  if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
+    return false;
+
+  /* Create the .msym section on IRIX6.  It is used by the dynamic
+     linker to speed up dynamic relocations, and to avoid computing
+     the ELF hash for symbols.  */
+  if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6
+      && !mips_elf_create_msym_section (abfd))
+    return false;
+
+  /* Create .stub section.  */
+  if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
+			       MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == NULL)
+    {
+      s = bfd_make_section (abfd, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd));
+      if (s == NULL
+	  || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags | SEC_CODE)
+	  || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
+					  MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
+      && !info->shared
+      && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL)
+    {
+      s = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".rld_map");
+      if (s == NULL
+	  || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY)
+	  || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
+					  MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
+     alignments of several sections.  There is no ABI documentation
+     indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
+     the linker takes such action.  */
+  if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
+    {
+      for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++)
+	{
+	  h = NULL;
+	  if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
+		 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr,
+		  (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, false,
+		  get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect,
+		  (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h)))
+	    return false;
+	  h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
+	  h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
+	  h->type = STT_SECTION;
+
+	  if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+      /* We need to create a .compact_rel section.  */
+      if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
+	{
+	  if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info))
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+      /* Change aligments of some sections.  */
+      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".hash");
+      if (s != NULL)
+	bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4);
+      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
+      if (s != NULL)
+	bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4);
+      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
+      if (s != NULL)
+	bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4);
+      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
+      if (s != NULL)
+	bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4);
+      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
+      if (s != NULL)
+	bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4);
+    }
+
+  if (!info->shared)
+    {
+      h = NULL;
+      if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
+	{
+	  if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
+		(info, abfd, "_DYNAMIC_LINK", BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr,
+		 (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, false,
+		 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect,
+		 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h)))
+	    return false;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* For normal mips it is _DYNAMIC_LINKING.  */
+	  if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
+		(info, abfd, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING", BSF_GLOBAL,
+		 bfd_abs_section_ptr, (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, false,
+		 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect,
+		 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h)))
+	    return false;
+	}
+      h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
+      h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
+      h->type = STT_SECTION;
+
+      if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
+	return false;
+
+      if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head)
+	{
+	  /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
+	     and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
+	     the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
+	     _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol.  */
+	  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map");
+	  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+
+	  h = NULL;
+	  if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
+	    {
+	      if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
+		    (info, abfd, "__rld_map", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
+		     (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, false,
+		     get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect,
+		     (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h)))
+		return false;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* For normal mips the symbol is __RLD_MAP.  */
+	      if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
+		    (info, abfd, "__RLD_MAP", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
+		     (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, false,
+		     get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect,
+		     (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **) &h)))
+		return false;
+	    }
+	  h->elf_link_hash_flags &= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF;
+	  h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR;
+	  h->type = STT_OBJECT;
+
+	  if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
+   allocate space in the global offset table.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     asection *sec;
+     const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs;
+{
+  const char *name;
+  bfd *dynobj;
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
+  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
+  struct mips_got_info *g;
+  size_t extsymoff;
+  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
+  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
+  asection *sgot;
+  asection *sreloc;
+  struct elf_backend_data *bed;
+
+  if (info->relocateable)
+    return true;
+
+  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+  symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
+  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
+  extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
+
+  /* Check for the mips16 stub sections.  */
+
+  name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
+  if (strncmp (name, FN_STUB, sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0)
+    {
+      unsigned long r_symndx;
+
+      /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
+         this is for.  */
+
+      r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info);
+
+      if (r_symndx < extsymoff
+	  || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
+	{
+	  asection *o;
+
+	  /* This stub is for a local symbol.  This stub will only be
+             needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
+             than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol.  */
+	  for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
+	    {
+	      Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
+	      const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
+
+	      /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs.  */
+	      if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
+		  || o->reloc_count == 0
+		  || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), FN_STUB,
+			      sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0
+		  || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), CALL_STUB,
+			      sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
+		  || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), CALL_FP_STUB,
+			      sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
+		continue;
+
+	      sec_relocs = (_bfd_elf32_link_read_relocs
+			    (abfd, o, (PTR) NULL,
+			     (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
+			     info->keep_memory));
+	      if (sec_relocs == NULL)
+		return false;
+
+	      rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
+	      for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
+		if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
+		    && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) != R_MIPS16_26)
+		  break;
+
+	      if (! info->keep_memory)
+		free (sec_relocs);
+
+	      if (r < rend)
+		break;
+	    }
+
+	  if (o == NULL)
+	    {
+	      /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
+                 not need it.  Since this function is called before
+                 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
+                 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
+                 flag.  */
+	      sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
+	      return true;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
+             this BFD.  */
+	  if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL)
+	    {
+	      unsigned long symcount;
+	      asection **n;
+	      bfd_size_type amt;
+
+	      if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
+		symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
+	      else
+		symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
+	      amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
+	      n = (asection **) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
+	      if (n == NULL)
+		return false;
+	      elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n;
+	    }
+
+	  elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
+
+	  /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
+             That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
+             the global symbol table for stubs.  We don't need to set
+             it here, because we just have a local stub.  */
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+	  h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
+	       sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
+
+	  /* H is the symbol this stub is for.  */
+
+	  h->fn_stub = sec;
+	  mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = true;
+	}
+    }
+  else if (strncmp (name, CALL_STUB, sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0
+	   || strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
+    {
+      unsigned long r_symndx;
+      struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+      asection **loc;
+
+      /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
+         this is for.  */
+
+      r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info);
+
+      if (r_symndx < extsymoff
+	  || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
+	{
+	  /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined
+	     in the same file.  We assume that all static symbols in
+	     mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply
+	     discard this stub.  Since this function is called before
+	     the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can
+	     easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag.  */
+	  sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
+	  return true;
+	}
+
+      h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
+	   sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
+
+      /* H is the symbol this stub is for.  */
+
+      if (strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0)
+	loc = &h->call_fp_stub;
+      else
+	loc = &h->call_stub;
+
+      /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
+	 don't need another one, so we can discard this one.  Since
+	 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
+	 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
+	 SEC_EXCLUDE flag.  We can also discard this section if we
+	 happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is
+	 not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but
+	 it is slightly faster to check now.  */
+      if (*loc != NULL || h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
+	{
+	  sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
+	  return true;
+	}
+
+      *loc = sec;
+      mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = true;
+    }
+
+  if (dynobj == NULL)
+    {
+      sgot = NULL;
+      g = NULL;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj);
+      if (sgot == NULL)
+	g = NULL;
+      else
+	{
+	  BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
+	  g = (struct mips_got_info *) elf_section_data (sgot)->tdata;
+	  BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
+	}
+    }
+
+  sreloc = NULL;
+  bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+  rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
+  for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel)
+    {
+      unsigned long r_symndx;
+      unsigned int r_type;
+      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+      r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info);
+      r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
+
+      if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
+	h = NULL;
+      else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
+	{
+	  (*_bfd_error_handler)
+	    (_("%s: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
+	     bfd_archive_filename (abfd), name);
+	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+	  return false;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff];
+
+	  /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version.  */
+	  if (h != NULL)
+	    {
+	      while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
+		h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Some relocs require a global offset table.  */
+      if (dynobj == NULL || sgot == NULL)
+	{
+	  switch (r_type)
+	    {
+	    case R_MIPS_GOT16:
+	    case R_MIPS_CALL16:
+	    case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
+	    case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
+	    case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
+	    case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
+	    case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
+	    case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
+	    case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
+	      if (dynobj == NULL)
+		elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
+	      if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
+		return false;
+	      g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
+	      break;
+
+	    case R_MIPS_32:
+	    case R_MIPS_REL32:
+	    case R_MIPS_64:
+	      if (dynobj == NULL
+		  && (info->shared || h != NULL)
+		  && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
+		elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
+	      break;
+
+	    default:
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (!h && (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
+		 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
+		 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP))
+	{
+	  /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation.  We
+	     don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
+	     maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
+	     the segment.  Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
+	     R_MIPS_CALL16.  We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
+	     R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
+	     R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16.
+
+	     This estimation is very conservative since we can merge
+	     duplicate entries in the GOT.  In order to be less
+	     conservative, we could actually build the GOT here,
+	     rather than in relocate_section.  */
+	  g->local_gotno++;
+	  sgot->_raw_size += MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj);
+	}
+
+      switch (r_type)
+	{
+	case R_MIPS_CALL16:
+	  if (h == NULL)
+	    {
+	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
+		(_("%s: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
+		 bfd_archive_filename (abfd), (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
+	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+	      return false;
+	    }
+	  /* Fall through.  */
+
+	case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
+	case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
+	  if (h != NULL)
+	    {
+	      /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry.  */
+	      if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, info, g))
+		return false;
+
+	      /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
+		 function.  But we record it as if it needs plt.  See
+		 elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol in elflink.h.  */
+	      h->elf_link_hash_flags |= ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT;
+	      h->type = STT_FUNC;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case R_MIPS_GOT16:
+	case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
+	case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
+	case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
+	  /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry.  */
+	  if (h && ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, info, g))
+	    return false;
+	  break;
+
+	case R_MIPS_32:
+	case R_MIPS_REL32:
+	case R_MIPS_64:
+	  if ((info->shared || h != NULL)
+	      && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
+	    {
+	      if (sreloc == NULL)
+		{
+		  const char *dname = ".rel.dyn";
+
+		  sreloc = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, dname);
+		  if (sreloc == NULL)
+		    {
+		      sreloc = bfd_make_section (dynobj, dname);
+		      if (sreloc == NULL
+			  || ! bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj, sreloc,
+						      (SEC_ALLOC
+						       | SEC_LOAD
+						       | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
+						       | SEC_IN_MEMORY
+						       | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
+						       | SEC_READONLY))
+			  || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc,
+							  4))
+			return false;
+		    }
+		}
+#define MIPS_READONLY_SECTION (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)
+	      if (info->shared)
+		{
+		  /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
+		     reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
+		     relocs.  We make room for this reloc in the
+		     .rel.dyn reloc section.  */
+		  mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, 1);
+		  if ((sec->flags & MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
+		      == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
+		    /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
+		       relocations against the text segment.  */
+		    info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
+
+		  /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
+                     defined in a dynamic object.  */
+		  hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
+		  ++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
+		  if ((sec->flags & MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
+		      == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION)
+		    /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
+		       are relocations against the text segment.  */
+		    hmips->readonly_reloc = true;
+		}
+
+	      /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
+		 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
+		 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
+		 dynamic relocations against it.  */
+	      if (h != NULL
+		  && ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, info, g))
+		return false;
+	    }
+
+	  if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
+	    mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
+	      sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
+	  break;
+
+	case R_MIPS_26:
+	case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
+	case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
+	case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
+	  if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
+	    mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
+	      sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
+	  break;
+
+	  /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
+	     Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
+	case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
+	  if (!_bfd_elf32_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
+	    return false;
+	  break;
+
+	  /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
+	     used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
+	case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
+	  if (!_bfd_elf32_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
+	    return false;
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
+         related to taking the function's address.  */
+      switch (r_type)
+	{
+	default:
+	  if (h != NULL)
+	    {
+	      struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
+
+	      mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
+	      mh->no_fn_stub = true;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case R_MIPS_CALL16:
+	case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
+	case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
+         symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
+         References from a stub section do not count.  */
+      if (h != NULL
+	  && r_type != R_MIPS16_26
+	  && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), FN_STUB,
+		      sizeof FN_STUB - 1) != 0
+	  && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), CALL_STUB,
+		      sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) != 0
+	  && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), CALL_FP_STUB,
+		      sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) != 0)
+	{
+	  struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
+
+	  mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
+	  mh->need_fn_stub = true;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
+   regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
+   dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
+   change the definition to something the rest of the link can
+   understand.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (info, h)
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+{
+  bfd *dynobj;
+  struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
+  asection *s;
+
+  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+
+  /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */
+  BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
+	      && ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT)
+		  || h->weakdef != NULL
+		  || ((h->elf_link_hash_flags
+		       & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC) != 0
+		      && (h->elf_link_hash_flags
+			  & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR) != 0
+		      && (h->elf_link_hash_flags
+			  & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)));
+
+  /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
+     any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
+     file.  */
+  hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
+  if (! info->relocateable
+      && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
+      && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
+	  || (h->elf_link_hash_flags
+	      & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0))
+    {
+      mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj,
+					     hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
+      if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
+	/* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
+	   against the text segment.  */
+	info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
+    }
+
+  /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed.  */
+  if (! hmips->no_fn_stub
+      && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) != 0)
+    {
+      if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
+	return true;
+
+      /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
+	 the symbol to the stub location.  This is required to make
+	 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
+	 executable and the shared library.  */
+      if ((h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR) == 0)
+	{
+	  /* We need .stub section.  */
+	  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
+				       MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
+	  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+
+	  h->root.u.def.section = s;
+	  h->root.u.def.value = s->_raw_size;
+
+	  /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere.  */
+	  h->plt.offset = s->_raw_size;
+
+	  /* Make room for this stub code.  */
+	  s->_raw_size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
+
+	  /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
+	     of this symbol in .dynsym section.  */
+	  return true;
+	}
+    }
+  else if ((h->type == STT_FUNC)
+	   && (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT) == 0)
+    {
+      /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
+         the dynamic linker will take care of this.  */
+      h->root.u.def.value = 0;
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
+     processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
+     real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
+  if (h->weakdef != NULL)
+    {
+      BFD_ASSERT (h->weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+		  || h->weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
+      h->root.u.def.section = h->weakdef->root.u.def.section;
+      h->root.u.def.value = h->weakdef->root.u.def.value;
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
+     is not a function.  */
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
+   and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.  We
+   check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (output_bfd, info)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  asection *ri;
+
+  /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size.  */
+  ri = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
+  if (ri != NULL)
+    bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, ri,
+			  (bfd_size_type) sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
+
+  if (info->relocateable
+      || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen)
+    return true;
+
+  mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
+			       mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs,
+			       (PTR) NULL);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  bfd *dynobj;
+  asection *s;
+  boolean reltext;
+  struct mips_got_info *g = NULL;
+
+  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+  BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
+
+  if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
+    {
+      /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
+      if (! info->shared)
+	{
+	  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
+	  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+	  s->_raw_size
+	    = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1;
+	  s->contents
+	    = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
+     determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.  Allocate
+     memory for them.  */
+  reltext = false;
+  for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+    {
+      const char *name;
+      boolean strip;
+
+      /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
+	 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files.  */
+      name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
+
+      if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
+	continue;
+
+      strip = false;
+
+      if (strncmp (name, ".rel", 4) == 0)
+	{
+	  if (s->_raw_size == 0)
+	    {
+	      /* We only strip the section if the output section name
+                 has the same name.  Otherwise, there might be several
+                 input sections for this output section.  FIXME: This
+                 code is probably not needed these days anyhow, since
+                 the linker now does not create empty output sections.  */
+	      if (s->output_section != NULL
+		  && strcmp (name,
+			     bfd_get_section_name (s->output_section->owner,
+						   s->output_section)) == 0)
+		strip = true;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      const char *outname;
+	      asection *target;
+
+	      /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
+                 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
+                 If the relocation section is .rel.dyn, we always
+                 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
+                 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
+                 not.  */
+	      outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd,
+					      s->output_section);
+	      target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4);
+	      if ((target != NULL
+		   && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
+		   && (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
+		  || strcmp (outname, ".rel.dyn") == 0)
+		reltext = true;
+
+	      /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
+		 to copy relocs into the output file.  */
+	      if (strcmp (name, ".rel.dyn") != 0)
+		s->reloc_count = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+      else if (strncmp (name, ".got", 4) == 0)
+	{
+	  int i;
+	  bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
+	  bfd_size_type local_gotno;
+	  bfd *sub;
+
+	  BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (s) != NULL);
+	  g = (struct mips_got_info *) elf_section_data (s)->tdata;
+	  BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
+
+	  /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output.  That
+	     will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
+	     required.  */
+	  for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub; sub = sub->link_next)
+	    {
+	      asection *subsection;
+
+	      for (subsection = sub->sections;
+		   subsection;
+		   subsection = subsection->next)
+		{
+		  if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
+		    continue;
+		  loadable_size += ((subsection->_raw_size + 0xf)
+				    &~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf);
+		}
+	    }
+	  loadable_size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
+
+	  /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of
+	     contiguous sections.  Is 5 enough?  */
+	  local_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5;
+	  if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
+	    /* It's possible we will need GOT_PAGE entries as well as
+	       GOT16 entries.  Often, these will be able to share GOT
+	       entries, but not always.  */
+	    local_gotno *= 2;
+
+	  g->local_gotno += local_gotno;
+	  s->_raw_size += local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj);
+
+	  /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
+	     a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
+	     higher.  Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
+	     that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table.  We
+	     do that here.  */
+ 	  if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1))
+ 	    return false;
+
+	  if (g->global_gotsym != NULL)
+	    i = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->global_gotsym->dynindx;
+	  else
+	    /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
+	       relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL.  */
+	    i = 0;
+	  g->global_gotno = i;
+	  s->_raw_size += i * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj);
+	}
+      else if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)) == 0)
+	{
+	  /* Irix rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
+	     of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX  */
+	  s->_raw_size += MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
+	}
+      else if (! info->shared
+	       && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
+	       && strncmp (name, ".rld_map", 8) == 0)
+	{
+	  /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
+	     rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure.  */
+	  s->_raw_size += 4;
+	}
+      else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
+	       && strncmp (name, ".compact_rel", 12) == 0)
+	s->_raw_size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size;
+      else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0)
+	s->_raw_size = (sizeof (Elf32_External_Msym)
+			* (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
+			   + bfd_count_sections (output_bfd)));
+      else if (strncmp (name, ".init", 5) != 0)
+	{
+	  /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (strip)
+	{
+	  _bfd_strip_section_from_output (info, s);
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  */
+      s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->_raw_size);
+      if (s->contents == NULL && s->_raw_size != 0)
+	{
+	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
+	  return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
+    {
+      /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
+	 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
+	 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
+	 the .dynamic section.  The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
+	 dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */
+      if (! info->shared)
+	{
+	  /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
+	     DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry.  */
+	  if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0))
+	    return false;
+	  if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
+	    {
+	      if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
+		return false;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG.  */
+	  if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
+	    {
+	      if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
+		return false;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (reltext && SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
+	info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
+
+      if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
+	{
+	  if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0))
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+      if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
+	return false;
+
+      if (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rel.dyn"))
+	{
+	  if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
+	    return false;
+
+	  if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0))
+	    return false;
+
+	  if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0))
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+      if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
+	{
+	  if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO, 0))
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+      if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
+	{
+	  if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO, 0))
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+      if (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".conflict") != NULL)
+	{
+	  if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_CONFLICT, 0))
+	    return false;
+
+	  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".liblist");
+	  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+
+	  if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LIBLIST, 0))
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+      if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0))
+	return false;
+
+      if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0))
+	return false;
+
+#if 0
+      /* Time stamps in executable files are a bad idea.  */
+      if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP, 0))
+	return false;
+#endif
+
+#if 0 /* FIXME  */
+      if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM, 0))
+	return false;
+#endif
+
+#if 0 /* FIXME  */
+      if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_IVERSION, 0))
+	return false;
+#endif
+
+      if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0))
+	return false;
+
+      if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0))
+	return false;
+
+      if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0))
+	return false;
+
+      if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0))
+	return false;
+
+      if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0))
+	return false;
+
+      if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5
+	  && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0))
+	return false;
+
+      if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6
+	  && (bfd_get_section_by_name
+	      (dynobj, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)))
+	  && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
+	return false;
+
+      if (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".msym")
+	  && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_MSYM, 0))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Relocate a MIPS ELF section.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, input_section,
+				contents, relocs, local_syms, local_sections)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     bfd *input_bfd;
+     asection *input_section;
+     bfd_byte *contents;
+     Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs;
+     Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
+     asection **local_sections;
+{
+  Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
+  const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
+  bfd_vma addend = 0;
+  boolean use_saved_addend_p = false;
+  struct elf_backend_data *bed;
+
+  bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
+  relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
+  for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
+    {
+      const char *name;
+      bfd_vma value;
+      reloc_howto_type *howto;
+      boolean require_jalx;
+      /* True if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
+         REL relocation.  */
+      boolean rela_relocation_p = true;
+      unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
+      const char * msg = (const char *) NULL;
+
+      /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation.  */
+      if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && !ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
+	{
+	  /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64.  In particular, people use
+	     64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
+	     lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
+	     space.  Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
+	     usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
+	     stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits.  */
+	  howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32,
+					   NEWABI_P (input_bfd));
+
+	  /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
+	     of the reloc.  */
+	  if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
+	    rel->r_offset += 4;
+	}
+      else
+	/* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations.  */
+	howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type,
+					 NEWABI_P (input_bfd));
+
+      if (!use_saved_addend_p)
+	{
+	  Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
+
+	  /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
+	     we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
+	     relocated.  Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
+	     RELA relocation.  To determine which flavor or relocation
+	     this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
+	     REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2.  */
+	  rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr;
+	  if ((size_t) (rel - relocs)
+	      >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel))
+	    rel_hdr = elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr2;
+	  if (rel_hdr->sh_entsize == MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd))
+	    {
+	      /* Note that this is a REL relocation.  */
+	      rela_relocation_p = false;
+
+	      /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file.  */
+	      addend = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, input_bfd,
+						 contents);
+	      addend &= howto->src_mask;
+
+	      /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
+		 combination of the addend stored in two different
+		 relocations.   */
+	      if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
+		  || r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
+		  || (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
+		      && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel,
+						      local_sections, false)))
+		{
+		  bfd_vma l;
+		  const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation;
+		  reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto;
+		  unsigned int lo;
+
+		  /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
+		     left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
+		     addend, sign extended.  (Usually, the code does
+		     a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
+		     the LO16 value.)
+
+		     Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.  */
+		  if (r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16)
+		    lo = R_MIPS_GNU_REL_LO16;
+		  else
+		    lo = R_MIPS_LO16;
+		  lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd, lo,
+							      rel, relend);
+		  if (lo16_relocation == NULL)
+		    return false;
+
+		  /* Obtain the addend kept there.  */
+		  lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, lo,
+							rela_relocation_p);
+		  l = mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto, lo16_relocation,
+						input_bfd, contents);
+		  l &= lo16_howto->src_mask;
+		  l = mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16);
+
+		  addend <<= 16;
+
+		  /* Compute the combined addend.  */
+		  addend += l;
+
+		  /* If PC-relative, subtract the difference between the
+		     address of the LO part of the reloc and the address of
+		     the HI part.  The relocation is relative to the LO
+		     part, but mips_elf_calculate_relocation() doesn't
+		     know its address or the difference from the HI part, so
+		     we subtract that difference here.  See also the
+		     comment in mips_elf_calculate_relocation().  */
+		  if (r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16)
+		    addend -= (lo16_relocation->r_offset - rel->r_offset);
+		}
+	      else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL)
+		{
+		  /* The addend is scrambled in the object file.  See
+		     mips_elf_perform_relocation for details on the
+		     format.  */
+		  addend = (((addend & 0x1f0000) >> 5)
+			    | ((addend & 0x7e00000) >> 16)
+			    | (addend & 0x1f));
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    addend = rel->r_addend;
+	}
+
+      if (info->relocateable)
+	{
+	  Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
+	  unsigned long r_symndx;
+
+	  if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && !ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
+	      && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
+	    rel->r_offset -= 4;
+
+	  /* Since we're just relocating, all we need to do is copy
+	     the relocations back out to the object file, unless
+	     they're against a section symbol, in which case we need
+	     to adjust by the section offset, or unless they're GP
+	     relative in which case we need to adjust by the amount
+	     that we're adjusting GP in this relocateable object.  */
+
+	  if (! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections,
+					     false))
+	    /* There's nothing to do for non-local relocations.  */
+	    continue;
+
+	  if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL
+	      || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL16
+	      || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32
+	      || r_type == R_MIPS_LITERAL)
+	    addend -= (_bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
+		       - _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd));
+	  else if (r_type == R_MIPS_26 || r_type == R_MIPS16_26
+		   || r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2)
+	    /* The addend is stored without its two least
+	       significant bits (which are always zero.)  In a
+	       non-relocateable link, calculate_relocation will do
+	       this shift; here, we must do it ourselves.  */
+	    addend <<= 2;
+
+	  r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
+	  sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
+	  if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
+	    /* Adjust the addend appropriately.  */
+	    addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset;
+
+	  /* If the relocation is for a R_MIPS_HI16 or R_MIPS_GOT16,
+	     then we only want to write out the high-order 16 bits.
+	     The subsequent R_MIPS_LO16 will handle the low-order bits.  */
+	  if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
+	      || r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16)
+	    addend = mips_elf_high (addend);
+	  else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER)
+	    addend = mips_elf_higher (addend);
+	  else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST)
+	    addend = mips_elf_highest (addend);
+
+	  /* If the relocation is for an R_MIPS_26 relocation, then
+	     the two low-order bits are not stored in the object file;
+	     they are implicitly zero.  */
+	  else if (r_type == R_MIPS_26 || r_type == R_MIPS16_26
+		   || r_type == R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2)
+	    addend >>= 2;
+
+	  if (rela_relocation_p)
+	    /* If this is a RELA relocation, just update the addend.
+	       We have to cast away constness for REL.  */
+	    rel->r_addend = addend;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* Otherwise, we have to write the value back out.  Note
+		 that we use the source mask, rather than the
+		 destination mask because the place to which we are
+		 writing will be source of the addend in the final
+		 link.  */
+	      addend &= howto->src_mask;
+
+	      if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && !ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
+		/* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
+		   ABI.  Here, we need to update the addend.  It would be
+		   possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
+		   but for endianness.  */
+		{
+		  bfd_vma sign_bits;
+		  bfd_vma low_bits;
+		  bfd_vma high_bits;
+
+		  if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
+#ifdef BFD64
+		    sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
+#else
+		    sign_bits = -1;
+#endif
+		  else
+		    sign_bits = 0;
+
+		  /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
+		     do two separate stores.  */
+		  if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
+		    {
+		      /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
+			 first.  */
+		      low_bits = sign_bits;
+		      high_bits = addend;
+		    }
+		  else
+		    {
+		      low_bits = addend;
+		      high_bits = sign_bits;
+		    }
+		  bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
+			      contents + rel->r_offset);
+		  bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
+			      contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
+		  continue;
+		}
+
+	      if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend,
+						 input_bfd, input_section,
+						 contents, false))
+		return false;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Go on to the next relocation.  */
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
+	 relocations for the same offset.  In that case we are
+	 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
+	 for the next.  */
+      if (rel + 1 < relend
+	  && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset
+	  && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE)
+	use_saved_addend_p = true;
+      else
+	use_saved_addend_p = false;
+
+      /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate.  */
+      switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd,
+					     input_section, info, rel,
+					     addend, howto, local_syms,
+					     local_sections, &value,
+					     &name, &require_jalx))
+	{
+	case bfd_reloc_continue:
+	  /* There's nothing to do.  */
+	  continue;
+
+	case bfd_reloc_undefined:
+	  /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
+	     undefined_symbol callback.  There's no real point in
+	     trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
+	     just skip ahead to the next relocation.  */
+	  continue;
+
+	case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
+	  msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
+	  info->callbacks->warning
+	    (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
+	  return false;
+
+	case bfd_reloc_overflow:
+	  if (use_saved_addend_p)
+	    /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
+	       a given location.  */
+	    ;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
+	      if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
+		     (info, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0,
+		      input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)))
+		return false;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case bfd_reloc_ok:
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  abort ();
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
+	 until we reach the last one.  */
+      if (use_saved_addend_p)
+	{
+	  addend = value;
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && !ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
+	/* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
+	   ABI.  Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
+	   that calculated the right value.  Now, however, we
+	   sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
+	   64-bit value.  We are especially generous here in that we
+	   go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
+	   only a 32-bit VMA.  */
+	{
+	  bfd_vma sign_bits;
+	  bfd_vma low_bits;
+	  bfd_vma high_bits;
+
+	  if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
+#ifdef BFD64
+	    sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
+#else
+	    sign_bits = -1;
+#endif
+	  else
+	    sign_bits = 0;
+
+	  /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
+	     do two separate stores.  */
+	  if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
+	    {
+	      /* Undo what we did above.  */
+	      rel->r_offset -= 4;
+	      /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
+		 first.  */
+	      low_bits = sign_bits;
+	      high_bits = value;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      low_bits = value;
+	      high_bits = sign_bits;
+	    }
+	  bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
+		      contents + rel->r_offset);
+	  bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
+		      contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Actually perform the relocation.  */
+      if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value,
+					 input_bfd, input_section,
+					 contents, require_jalx))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
+   adjust it appropriately now.  */
+
+static void
+mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (abfd, name, sym)
+     bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+     const char *name;
+     Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
+{
+  /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
+     these, but we must place them into the right sections.  */
+  static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = {
+    "_ftext",
+    "_etext",
+    "__dso_displacement",
+    "__elf_header",
+    "__program_header_table",
+    NULL
+  };
+
+  static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = {
+    "_fdata",
+    "_edata",
+    "_end",
+    "_fbss",
+    NULL
+  };
+
+  const char* const *p;
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
+    for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols;
+	 *p;
+	 ++p)
+      if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0)
+	{
+	  /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
+	     IRIX6 linker.  */
+	  sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
+
+	  /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections.  */
+	  if (i == 0)
+	    sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
+	  else
+	    sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
+
+	  break;
+	}
+}
+
+/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
+   dynamic sections here.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, info, h, sym)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+     Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
+{
+  bfd *dynobj;
+  bfd_vma gval;
+  asection *sgot;
+  asection *smsym;
+  struct mips_got_info *g;
+  const char *name;
+  struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
+
+  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+  gval = sym->st_value;
+  mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
+
+  if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
+    {
+      asection *s;
+      bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE];
+
+      /* This symbol has a stub.  Set it up.  */
+
+      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
+
+      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
+				   MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
+      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+
+      /* FIXME: Can h->dynindex be more than 64K?  */
+      if (h->dynindx & 0xffff0000)
+	return false;
+
+      /* Fill the stub.  */
+      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub);
+      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd), stub + 4);
+      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + 8);
+      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16 (output_bfd) + h->dynindx, stub + 12);
+
+      BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= s->_raw_size);
+      memcpy (s->contents + h->plt.offset, stub, MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
+
+      /* Mark the symbol as undefined.  plt.offset != -1 occurs
+	 only for the referenced symbol.  */
+      sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
+
+      /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
+	 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
+	 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object.  */
+      gval = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset + h->plt.offset;
+      sym->st_value = gval;
+    }
+
+  BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
+	      || (h->elf_link_hash_flags & ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL) != 0);
+
+  sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj);
+  BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
+  BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
+  g = (struct mips_got_info *) elf_section_data (sgot)->tdata;
+  BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
+
+  /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
+     the symbols that need them.  */
+  if (g->global_gotsym != NULL
+      && h->dynindx >= g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
+    {
+      bfd_vma offset;
+      bfd_vma value;
+
+      if (sym->st_value)
+	value = sym->st_value;
+      else
+	{
+	  /* For an entity defined in a shared object, this will be
+	     NULL.  (For functions in shared objects for
+	     which we have created stubs, ST_VALUE will be non-NULL.
+	     That's because such the functions are now no longer defined
+	     in a shared object.)  */
+
+	  if (info->shared && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
+	    value = 0;
+	  else
+	    value = h->root.u.def.value;
+	}
+      offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, h);
+      MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
+    }
+
+  /* Create a .msym entry, if appropriate.  */
+  smsym = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".msym");
+  if (smsym)
+    {
+      Elf32_Internal_Msym msym;
+
+      msym.ms_hash_value = bfd_elf_hash (h->root.root.string);
+      /* It is undocumented what the `1' indicates, but IRIX6 uses
+	 this value.  */
+      msym.ms_info = ELF32_MS_INFO (mh->min_dyn_reloc_index, 1);
+      bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out
+	(dynobj, &msym,
+	 ((Elf32_External_Msym *) smsym->contents) + h->dynindx);
+    }
+
+  /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute.  */
+  name = h->root.root.string;
+  if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
+      || strcmp (name, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
+    sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
+  else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
+	   || strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
+    {
+      sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
+      sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
+      sym->st_value = 1;
+    }
+  else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0)
+    {
+      sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
+      sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
+      sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd);
+    }
+  else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
+    {
+      if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
+	  || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
+	{
+	  sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
+	  sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
+	  sym->st_value = 0;
+	  sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
+	}
+      else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
+	{
+	  sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
+	  sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
+	  sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count;
+	  sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
+	}
+      else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
+	{
+	  if (h->type == STT_FUNC)
+	    sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
+	  else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT)
+	    sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols.  */
+  if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
+    mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym);
+
+  if (! info->shared)
+    {
+      if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
+	  && (strcmp (name, "__rld_map") == 0
+	      || strcmp (name, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
+	{
+	  asection *s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map");
+	  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+	  sym->st_value = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
+	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, s->contents);
+	  if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value == 0)
+	    mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value;
+	}
+      else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
+	       && strcmp (name, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
+	{
+	  /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section.  */
+	  if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5
+              || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_none)
+	    BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map")
+			!= NULL);
+	  mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even.  */
+  if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16
+      && (sym->st_value & 1) != 0)
+    --sym->st_value;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (output_bfd, info)
+     bfd *output_bfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  bfd *dynobj;
+  asection *sdyn;
+  asection *sgot;
+  struct mips_got_info *g;
+
+  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+
+  sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
+
+  sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
+  if (sgot == NULL)
+    g = NULL;
+  else
+    {
+      BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
+      g = (struct mips_got_info *) elf_section_data (sgot)->tdata;
+      BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
+    }
+
+  if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
+    {
+      bfd_byte *b;
+
+      BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
+      BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
+
+      for (b = sdyn->contents;
+	   b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->_raw_size;
+	   b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
+	{
+	  Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
+	  const char *name;
+	  size_t elemsize;
+	  asection *s;
+	  boolean swap_out_p;
+
+	  /* Read in the current dynamic entry.  */
+	  (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
+
+	  /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out.  */
+	  swap_out_p = true;
+
+	  switch (dyn.d_tag)
+	    {
+	    case DT_RELENT:
+	      s = (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rel.dyn"));
+	      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+	      dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj);
+	      break;
+
+	    case DT_STRSZ:
+	      /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ.  */
+	      dyn.d_un.d_val =
+		_bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
+	      break;
+
+	    case DT_PLTGOT:
+	      name = ".got";
+	      goto get_vma;
+	    case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
+	      name = ".conflict";
+	      goto get_vma;
+	    case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
+	      name = ".liblist";
+	    get_vma:
+	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
+	      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
+	      break;
+
+	    case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
+	      dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */
+	      break;
+
+	    case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
+	      dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */
+	      break;
+
+	    case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO:
+	      name = ".conflict";
+	      elemsize = sizeof (Elf32_Conflict);
+	      goto set_elemno;
+
+	    case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO:
+	      name = ".liblist";
+	      elemsize = sizeof (Elf32_Lib);
+	    set_elemno:
+	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
+	      if (s != NULL)
+		{
+		  if (s->_cooked_size != 0)
+		    dyn.d_un.d_val = s->_cooked_size / elemsize;
+		  else
+		    dyn.d_un.d_val = s->_raw_size / elemsize;
+		}
+	      else
+		dyn.d_un.d_val = 0;
+	      break;
+
+	    case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
+	      time ((time_t *) &dyn.d_un.d_val);
+	      break;
+
+	    case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
+	      /* XXX FIXME: */
+	      swap_out_p = false;
+	      break;
+
+	    case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
+	      /* XXX FIXME: */
+	      swap_out_p = false;
+	      break;
+
+	    case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
+	      s = output_bfd->sections;
+	      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
+	      break;
+
+	    case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
+	      dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno;
+	      break;
+
+	    case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
+	      /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
+		 entry of the first external symbol that is not
+		 referenced within the same object.  */
+	      dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1;
+	      break;
+
+	    case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
+	      if (g->global_gotsym)
+		{
+		  dyn.d_un.d_val = g->global_gotsym->dynindx;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
+		 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
+		 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through.  */
+
+	    case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
+	      name = ".dynsym";
+	      elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd);
+	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
+	      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+
+	      if (s->_cooked_size != 0)
+		dyn.d_un.d_val = s->_cooked_size / elemsize;
+	      else
+		dyn.d_un.d_val = s->_raw_size / elemsize;
+	      break;
+
+	    case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
+	      dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO;
+	      break;
+
+	    case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
+	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value;
+	      break;
+
+	    case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
+	      s = (bfd_get_section_by_name
+		   (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)));
+	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
+	      break;
+
+	    case DT_MIPS_MSYM:
+	      s = (bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".msym"));
+	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
+	      break;
+
+	    default:
+	      swap_out_p = false;
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  if (swap_out_p)
+	    (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
+	      (dynobj, &dyn, b);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
+     runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
+     This isn't the case of Irix rld.  */
+  if (sgot != NULL && sgot->_raw_size > 0)
+    {
+      MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
+      MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0x80000000,
+			 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
+    }
+
+  if (sgot != NULL)
+    elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
+      = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
+
+  {
+    asection *smsym;
+    asection *s;
+    Elf32_compact_rel cpt;
+
+    /* ??? The section symbols for the output sections were set up in
+       _bfd_elf_final_link.  SGI sets the STT_NOTYPE attribute for these
+       symbols.  Should we do so?  */
+
+    smsym = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".msym");
+    if (smsym != NULL)
+      {
+	Elf32_Internal_Msym msym;
+
+	msym.ms_hash_value = 0;
+	msym.ms_info = ELF32_MS_INFO (0, 1);
+
+	for (s = output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+	  {
+	    long dynindx = elf_section_data (s)->dynindx;
+
+	    bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out
+	      (output_bfd, &msym,
+	       (((Elf32_External_Msym *) smsym->contents)
+		+ dynindx));
+	  }
+      }
+
+    if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
+      {
+	/* Write .compact_rel section out.  */
+	s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
+	if (s != NULL)
+	  {
+	    cpt.id1 = 1;
+	    cpt.num = s->reloc_count;
+	    cpt.id2 = 2;
+	    cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos
+			  + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
+	    cpt.reserved0 = 0;
+	    cpt.reserved1 = 0;
+	    bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt,
+					    ((Elf32_External_compact_rel *)
+					     s->contents));
+
+	    /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text.  */
+	    s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
+					 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
+	    if (s != NULL)
+	      {
+		file_ptr dummy_offset;
+
+		BFD_ASSERT (s->_raw_size >= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
+		dummy_offset = s->_raw_size - MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE;
+		memset (s->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
+			MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE);
+	      }
+	  }
+      }
+
+    /* We need to sort the entries of the dynamic relocation section.  */
+
+    if (!ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
+      {
+	asection *reldyn;
+
+	reldyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rel.dyn");
+	if (reldyn != NULL && reldyn->reloc_count > 2)
+	  {
+	    reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd;
+	    qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) reldyn->contents + 1,
+		   (size_t) reldyn->reloc_count - 1,
+		   sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel), sort_dynamic_relocs);
+	  }
+      }
+
+    /* Clean up a first relocation in .rel.dyn.  */
+    s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rel.dyn");
+    if (s != NULL && s->_raw_size > 0)
+      memset (s->contents, 0, MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj));
+  }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
+   file.  This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
+   number.  This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.  */
+
+void
+_bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (abfd, linker)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+{
+  unsigned long val;
+  unsigned int i;
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
+  const char *name;
+  asection *sec;
+
+  switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
+    {
+    default:
+    case bfd_mach_mips3000:
+      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1;
+      break;
+
+    case bfd_mach_mips3900:
+      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900;
+      break;
+
+    case bfd_mach_mips6000:
+      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2;
+      break;
+
+    case bfd_mach_mips4000:
+    case bfd_mach_mips4300:
+    case bfd_mach_mips4400:
+    case bfd_mach_mips4600:
+      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3;
+      break;
+
+    case bfd_mach_mips4010:
+      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010;
+      break;
+
+    case bfd_mach_mips4100:
+      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100;
+      break;
+
+    case bfd_mach_mips4111:
+      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111;
+      break;
+
+    case bfd_mach_mips4650:
+      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650;
+      break;
+
+    case bfd_mach_mips5000:
+    case bfd_mach_mips8000:
+    case bfd_mach_mips10000:
+    case bfd_mach_mips12000:
+      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4;
+      break;
+
+    case bfd_mach_mips5:
+      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5;
+      break;
+
+    case bfd_mach_mips_sb1:
+      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1;
+      break;
+
+    case bfd_mach_mipsisa32:
+      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32;
+      break;
+
+    case bfd_mach_mipsisa64:
+      val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64;
+    }
+
+  elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
+  elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val;
+
+  /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
+     info for each special section.  */
+  for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
+       i < elf_numsections (abfd);
+       i++, hdrpp++)
+    {
+      switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type)
+	{
+	case SHT_MIPS_MSYM:
+	case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
+	  sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
+	  if (sec != NULL)
+	    (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
+	  break;
+
+	case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
+	  BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
+	  name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
+	  BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
+		      && strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0);
+	  sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
+	  BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
+	  (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
+	  break;
+
+	case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
+	  BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
+	  name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
+	  BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
+		      && strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content",
+				  sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) == 0);
+	  sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
+					 name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
+	  BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
+	  (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
+	  break;
+
+	case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
+	  sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
+	  if (sec != NULL)
+	    (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
+	  sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist");
+	  if (sec != NULL)
+	    (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
+	  break;
+
+	case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
+	  BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
+	  name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
+	  BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
+	  if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0)
+	    sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
+					   name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
+	  else
+	    {
+	      BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel",
+				   sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0);
+	      sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
+					     (name
+					      + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
+	    }
+	  BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
+	  (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
+	  break;
+
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* When creating an Irix 5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
+   segments.  */
+
+int
+_bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  asection *s;
+  int ret = 0;
+
+  /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment.  */
+  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
+  if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
+    ++ret;
+
+  /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment.  */
+  if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6
+      && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
+				  MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)))
+    ++ret;
+
+  /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment.  */
+  if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5
+      && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")
+      && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"))
+    ++ret;
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Modify the segment map for an Irix 5 executable.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  asection *s;
+  struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm;
+  bfd_size_type amt;
+
+  /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
+     segment.  */
+  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
+  if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
+    {
+      for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
+	if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO)
+	  break;
+      if (m == NULL)
+	{
+	  amt = sizeof *m;
+	  m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
+	  if (m == NULL)
+	    return false;
+
+	  m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO;
+	  m->count = 1;
+	  m->sections[0] = s;
+
+	  /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments.  */
+	  pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
+	  while (*pm != NULL
+		 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
+		     || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
+	    pm = &(*pm)->next;
+
+	  m->next = *pm;
+	  *pm = m;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
+     .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC.  However, we do have to insert a
+     PT_OPTIONS segement immediately following the program header
+     table.  */
+  if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
+    {
+      for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
+	if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
+	  break;
+
+      if (s)
+	{
+	  struct elf_segment_map *options_segment;
+
+	  /* Usually, there's a program header table.  But, sometimes
+	     there's not (like when running the `ld' testsuite).  So,
+	     if there's no program header table, we just put the
+	     options segement at the end.  */
+	  for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
+	       *pm != NULL;
+	       pm = &(*pm)->next)
+	    if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR)
+	      break;
+
+	  amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
+	  options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
+	  options_segment->next = *pm;
+	  options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
+	  options_segment->p_flags = PF_R;
+	  options_segment->p_flags_valid = true;
+	  options_segment->count = 1;
+	  options_segment->sections[0] = s;
+	  *pm = options_segment;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
+	{
+	  /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
+	     for the RTPROC header.  FIXME: Rewrite without section names.  */
+	  if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL
+	      && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL
+	      && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
+	    {
+	      for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
+		if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC)
+		  break;
+	      if (m == NULL)
+		{
+		  amt = sizeof *m;
+		  m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
+		  if (m == NULL)
+		    return false;
+
+		  m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC;
+
+		  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
+		  if (s == NULL)
+		    {
+		      m->count = 0;
+		      m->p_flags = 0;
+		      m->p_flags_valid = 1;
+		    }
+		  else
+		    {
+		      m->count = 1;
+		      m->sections[0] = s;
+		    }
+
+		  /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment.  */
+		  pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
+		  while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC)
+		    pm = &(*pm)->next;
+		  if (*pm != NULL)
+		    pm = &(*pm)->next;
+
+		  m->next = *pm;
+		  *pm = m;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      /* On Irix 5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
+	 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
+	 between.  */
+      for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL;
+	   pm = &(*pm)->next)
+	if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)
+	  break;
+      m = *pm;
+      if (m != NULL && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
+	{
+	  /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
+	     segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
+	     the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
+	     sometimes for the dynamic linker.  */
+	  if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
+	    {
+	      m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X;
+	      m->p_flags_valid = 1;
+	    }
+	}
+      if (m != NULL
+	  && m->count == 1 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
+	{
+	  static const char *sec_names[] =
+	  {
+	    ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
+	  };
+	  bfd_vma low, high;
+	  unsigned int i, c;
+	  struct elf_segment_map *n;
+
+	  low = 0xffffffff;
+	  high = 0;
+	  for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++)
+	    {
+	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]);
+	      if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
+		{
+		  bfd_size_type sz;
+
+		  if (low > s->vma)
+		    low = s->vma;
+		  sz = s->_cooked_size;
+		  if (sz == 0)
+		    sz = s->_raw_size;
+		  if (high < s->vma + sz)
+		    high = s->vma + sz;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  c = 0;
+	  for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+	    if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
+		&& s->vma >= low
+		&& ((s->vma
+		     + (s->_cooked_size !=
+			0 ? s->_cooked_size : s->_raw_size)) <= high))
+	      ++c;
+
+	  amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
+	  n = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
+	  if (n == NULL)
+	    return false;
+	  *n = *m;
+	  n->count = c;
+
+	  i = 0;
+	  for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+	    {
+	      if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
+		  && s->vma >= low
+		  && ((s->vma
+		       + (s->_cooked_size != 0 ?
+			  s->_cooked_size : s->_raw_size)) <= high))
+		{
+		  n->sections[i] = s;
+		  ++i;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  *pm = n;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
+   relocation.  */
+
+asection *
+_bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (abfd, info, rel, h, sym)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+     Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
+     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+     Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
+{
+  /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special?  */
+
+  if (h != NULL)
+    {
+      switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info))
+	{
+	case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
+	case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  switch (h->root.type)
+	    {
+	    case bfd_link_hash_defined:
+	    case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
+	      return h->root.u.def.section;
+
+	    case bfd_link_hash_common:
+	      return h->root.u.c.p->section;
+
+	    default:
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      return bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, sym->st_shndx);
+    }
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (abfd, info, sec, relocs)
+     bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+     asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+     const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+{
+#if 0
+  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
+  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
+  bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
+  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
+  unsigned long r_symndx;
+  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+  symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
+  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
+  local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
+
+  relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
+  for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
+    switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info))
+      {
+      case R_MIPS_GOT16:
+      case R_MIPS_CALL16:
+      case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
+      case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
+      case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
+      case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
+	/* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
+	   of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
+	   so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time.  */
+	break;
+
+      default:
+	break;
+      }
+#endif
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
+   hiding the old indirect symbol.  Process additional relocation
+   information.  Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
+   _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us.  */
+
+void
+_bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (dir, ind)
+     struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, *ind;
+{
+  struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips;
+
+  _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (dir, ind);
+
+  if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
+    return;
+
+  dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
+  indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
+  dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
+  if (indmips->readonly_reloc)
+    dirmips->readonly_reloc = true;
+  if (dirmips->min_dyn_reloc_index == 0
+      || (indmips->min_dyn_reloc_index != 0
+	  && indmips->min_dyn_reloc_index < dirmips->min_dyn_reloc_index))
+    dirmips->min_dyn_reloc_index = indmips->min_dyn_reloc_index;
+  if (indmips->no_fn_stub)
+    dirmips->no_fn_stub = true;
+}
+
+void
+_bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info, entry, force_local)
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+     struct elf_link_hash_entry *entry;
+     boolean force_local;
+{
+  bfd *dynobj;
+  asection *got;
+  struct mips_got_info *g;
+  struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+  h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
+  dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+  got = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
+  g = (struct mips_got_info *) elf_section_data (got)->tdata;
+
+  _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, &h->root, force_local);
+
+  /* FIXME: Do we allocate too much GOT space here?  */
+  g->local_gotno++;
+  got->_raw_size += MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj);
+}
+
+/* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
+   handle the ECOFF debugging information.  */
+
+struct mips_elf_find_line
+{
+  struct ecoff_debug_info d;
+  struct ecoff_find_line i;
+};
+
+boolean
+_bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, filename_ptr,
+				 functionname_ptr, line_ptr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     asection *section;
+     asymbol **symbols;
+     bfd_vma offset;
+     const char **filename_ptr;
+     const char **functionname_ptr;
+     unsigned int *line_ptr;
+{
+  asection *msec;
+
+  if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
+				     filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
+				     line_ptr))
+    return true;
+
+  if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
+				     filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
+				     line_ptr,
+				     (unsigned) (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0),
+				     &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
+    return true;
+
+  msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug");
+  if (msec != NULL)
+    {
+      flagword origflags;
+      struct mips_elf_find_line *fi;
+      const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap =
+	get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
+
+      /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
+	 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field.  We force it back on here
+	 if appropriate (which it normally will be).  */
+      origflags = msec->flags;
+      if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
+	msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+
+      fi = elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info;
+      if (fi == NULL)
+	{
+	  bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
+	  char *fraw_src;
+	  char *fraw_end;
+	  struct fdr *fdr_ptr;
+	  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line);
+
+	  fi = (struct mips_elf_find_line *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
+	  if (fi == NULL)
+	    {
+	      msec->flags = origflags;
+	      return false;
+	    }
+
+	  if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d))
+	    {
+	      msec->flags = origflags;
+	      return false;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Swap in the FDR information.  */
+	  amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr);
+	  fi->d.fdr = (struct fdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
+	  if (fi->d.fdr == NULL)
+	    {
+	      msec->flags = origflags;
+	      return false;
+	    }
+	  external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size;
+	  fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr;
+	  fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr;
+	  fraw_end = (fraw_src
+		      + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size);
+	  for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
+	    (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, (PTR) fraw_src, fdr_ptr);
+
+	  elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi;
+
+	  /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
+             find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
+             objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
+             rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
+             wasted is unimportant.  Still, it would probably be a
+             good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away.  */
+	}
+
+      if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap,
+				  &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
+				  line_ptr))
+	{
+	  msec->flags = origflags;
+	  return true;
+	}
+
+      msec->flags = origflags;
+    }
+
+  /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine.  */
+
+  return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
+				     filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
+				     line_ptr);
+}
+
+/* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
+   remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
+   GP value in the section_processing routine.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, count)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     sec_ptr section;
+     PTR location;
+     file_ptr offset;
+     bfd_size_type count;
+{
+  if (strcmp (section->name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == 0)
+    {
+      bfd_byte *c;
+
+      if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
+	{
+	  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data);
+	  section->used_by_bfd = (PTR) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
+	  if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
+	    return false;
+	}
+      c = (bfd_byte *) elf_section_data (section)->tdata;
+      if (c == NULL)
+	{
+	  bfd_size_type size;
+
+	  if (section->_cooked_size != 0)
+	    size = section->_cooked_size;
+	  else
+	    size = section->_raw_size;
+	  c = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
+	  if (c == NULL)
+	    return false;
+	  elf_section_data (section)->tdata = (PTR) c;
+	}
+
+      memcpy (c + offset, location, (size_t) count);
+    }
+
+  return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset,
+					count);
+}
+
+/* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
+   MIPS relocations need to be handled specially.  Sigh.  */
+
+bfd_byte *
+_bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents (abfd, link_info, link_order,
+					      data, relocateable, symbols)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
+     struct bfd_link_order *link_order;
+     bfd_byte *data;
+     boolean relocateable;
+     asymbol **symbols;
+{
+  /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
+  bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
+  asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
+
+  long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
+  arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
+  long reloc_count;
+
+  if (reloc_size < 0)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  reloc_vector = (arelent **) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) reloc_size);
+  if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  /* read in the section */
+  if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd,
+				 input_section,
+				 (PTR) data,
+				 (file_ptr) 0,
+				 input_section->_raw_size))
+    goto error_return;
+
+  /* We're not relaxing the section, so just copy the size info */
+  input_section->_cooked_size = input_section->_raw_size;
+  input_section->reloc_done = true;
+
+  reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd,
+					input_section,
+					reloc_vector,
+					symbols);
+  if (reloc_count < 0)
+    goto error_return;
+
+  if (reloc_count > 0)
+    {
+      arelent **parent;
+      /* for mips */
+      int gp_found;
+      bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678;	/* initialize just to shut gcc up */
+
+      {
+	struct bfd_hash_entry *h;
+	struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh;
+	/* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats.  */
+	if (abfd && input_bfd
+	    && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec)
+	  lh = 0;
+	else
+	  {
+	    h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", false, false);
+	    lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h;
+	  }
+      lookup:
+	if (lh)
+	  {
+	    switch (lh->type)
+	      {
+	      case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
+	      case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
+	      case bfd_link_hash_common:
+		gp_found = 0;
+		break;
+	      case bfd_link_hash_defined:
+	      case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
+		gp_found = 1;
+		gp = lh->u.def.value;
+		break;
+	      case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
+	      case bfd_link_hash_warning:
+		lh = lh->u.i.link;
+		/* @@FIXME  ignoring warning for now */
+		goto lookup;
+	      case bfd_link_hash_new:
+	      default:
+		abort ();
+	      }
+	  }
+	else
+	  gp_found = 0;
+      }
+      /* end mips */
+      for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != (arelent *) NULL;
+	   parent++)
+	{
+	  char *error_message = (char *) NULL;
+	  bfd_reloc_status_type r;
+
+	  /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
+	     knowing the gp of the output bfd.  */
+	  asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr;
+	  if (bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section) && abfd)
+	    {
+	      /* The special_function wouldn't get called anyways.  */
+	    }
+	  else if (!gp_found)
+	    {
+	      /* The gp isn't there; let the special function code
+		 fall over on its own.  */
+	    }
+	  else if ((*parent)->howto->special_function
+		   == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc)
+	    {
+	      /* bypass special_function call */
+	      r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
+						 input_section, relocateable,
+						 (PTR) data, gp);
+	      goto skip_bfd_perform_relocation;
+	    }
+	  /* end mips specific stuff */
+
+	  r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd,
+				      *parent,
+				      (PTR) data,
+				      input_section,
+				      relocateable ? abfd : (bfd *) NULL,
+				      &error_message);
+	skip_bfd_perform_relocation:
+
+	  if (relocateable)
+	    {
+	      asection *os = input_section->output_section;
+
+	      /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
+	      os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
+	      os->reloc_count++;
+	    }
+
+	  if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
+	    {
+	      switch (r)
+		{
+		case bfd_reloc_undefined:
+		  if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
+			(link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
+			 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address,
+			 true)))
+		    goto error_return;
+		  break;
+		case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
+		  BFD_ASSERT (error_message != (char *) NULL);
+		  if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
+			(link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section,
+			 (*parent)->address)))
+		    goto error_return;
+		  break;
+		case bfd_reloc_overflow:
+		  if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
+			(link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
+			 (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
+			 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address)))
+		    goto error_return;
+		  break;
+		case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
+		default:
+		  abort ();
+		  break;
+		}
+
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  if (reloc_vector != NULL)
+    free (reloc_vector);
+  return data;
+
+error_return:
+  if (reloc_vector != NULL)
+    free (reloc_vector);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table.  */
+
+struct bfd_link_hash_table *
+_bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd)
+     bfd *abfd;
+{
+  struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
+  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table);
+
+  ret = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
+  if (ret == (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
+				       mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc))
+    {
+      bfd_release (abfd, ret);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+#if 0
+  /* We no longer use this.  */
+  for (i = 0; i < SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES; i++)
+    ret->dynsym_sec_strindex[i] = (bfd_size_type) -1;
+#endif
+  ret->procedure_count = 0;
+  ret->compact_rel_size = 0;
+  ret->use_rld_obj_head = false;
+  ret->rld_value = 0;
+  ret->mips16_stubs_seen = false;
+
+  return &ret->root.root;
+}
+
+/* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
+   the .mdebug sections.  We need to merge all instances of these
+   sections together, not write them all out sequentially.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_mips_elf_final_link (abfd, info)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     struct bfd_link_info *info;
+{
+  asection **secpp;
+  asection *o;
+  struct bfd_link_order *p;
+  asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec;
+  asection *rtproc_sec;
+  Elf32_RegInfo reginfo;
+  struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
+  const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap
+    = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
+  HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
+  PTR mdebug_handle = NULL;
+  asection *s;
+  EXTR esym;
+  unsigned int i;
+  bfd_size_type amt;
+
+  static const char * const secname[] =
+  {
+    ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
+    ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
+  };
+  static const int sc[] =
+  {
+    scText, scInit, scFini, scData,
+    scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss
+  };
+
+  /* If all the things we linked together were PIC, but we're
+     producing an executable (rather than a shared object), then the
+     resulting file is CPIC (i.e., it calls PIC code.)  */
+  if (!info->shared
+      && !info->relocateable
+      && elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC)
+    {
+      elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
+      elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC;
+    }
+
+  /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
+     generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
+     Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
+     the sort again.  */
+  if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
+    {
+      bfd *dynobj;
+      asection *got;
+      struct mips_got_info *g;
+
+      /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
+	 the lowest index it may use is.  That's the number of section
+	 symbols we're going to add.  The generic ELF linker only
+	 adds these symbols when building a shared object.  Note that
+	 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
+	 section above.  */
+      if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, (info->shared
+					     ? bfd_count_sections (abfd) + 1
+					     : 1)))
+	return false;
+
+      /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region.  */
+      dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+      got = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
+      g = (struct mips_got_info *) elf_section_data (got)->tdata;
+
+      if (g->global_gotsym != NULL)
+	BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
+		     - g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
+		    <= g->global_gotno);
+    }
+
+  /* On IRIX5, we omit the .options section.  On IRIX6, however, we
+     include it, even though we don't process it quite right.  (Some
+     entries are supposed to be merged.)  Empirically, we seem to be
+     better off including it then not.  */
+  if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
+    for (secpp = &abfd->sections; *secpp != NULL; secpp = &(*secpp)->next)
+      {
+	if (strcmp ((*secpp)->name, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == 0)
+	  {
+	    for (p = (*secpp)->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+	      if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
+		p->u.indirect.section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+	    (*secpp)->link_order_head = NULL;
+	    bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, secpp);
+	    --abfd->section_count;
+
+	    break;
+	  }
+      }
+
+  /* We include .MIPS.options, even though we don't process it quite right.
+     (Some entries are supposed to be merged.)  At IRIX6 empirically we seem
+     to be better off including it than not.  */
+  for (secpp = &abfd->sections; *secpp != NULL; secpp = &(*secpp)->next)
+    {
+      if (strcmp ((*secpp)->name, ".MIPS.options") == 0)
+	{
+	  for (p = (*secpp)->link_order_head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+	    if (p->type == bfd_indirect_link_order)
+	      p->u.indirect.section->flags &=~ SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+	  (*secpp)->link_order_head = NULL;
+	  bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, secpp);
+	  --abfd->section_count;
+	    
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Get a value for the GP register.  */
+  if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0)
+    {
+      struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+      h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", false, false, true);
+      if (h != (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) NULL
+	  && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
+	elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value
+			 + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
+			 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
+      else if (info->relocateable)
+	{
+	  bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE;
+
+	  /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset.  */
+	  for (o = abfd->sections; o != (asection *) NULL; o = o->next)
+	    if (o->vma < lo
+		&& (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL))
+	      lo = o->vma;
+
+	  /* And calculate GP relative to that.  */
+	  elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (abfd);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
+	     involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
+	     callback to warn that GP is not defined.  */
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
+     information.  */
+  reginfo_sec = NULL;
+  mdebug_sec = NULL;
+  gptab_data_sec = NULL;
+  gptab_bss_sec = NULL;
+  for (o = abfd->sections; o != (asection *) NULL; o = o->next)
+    {
+      if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0)
+	{
+	  memset (&reginfo, 0, sizeof reginfo);
+
+	  /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
+	     Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
+	     the information together.  */
+	  for (p = o->link_order_head;
+	       p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
+	       p = p->next)
+	    {
+	      asection *input_section;
+	      bfd *input_bfd;
+	      Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
+	      Elf32_RegInfo sub;
+
+	      if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
+		{
+		  if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
+		    continue;
+		  abort ();
+		}
+
+	      input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
+	      input_bfd = input_section->owner;
+
+	      /* The linker emulation code has probably clobbered the
+                 size to be zero bytes.  */
+	      if (input_section->_raw_size == 0)
+		input_section->_raw_size = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
+
+	      if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section,
+					      (PTR) &ext,
+					      (file_ptr) 0,
+					      (bfd_size_type) sizeof ext))
+		return false;
+
+	      bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub);
+
+	      reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask;
+	      reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0];
+	      reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1];
+	      reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2];
+	      reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3];
+
+	      /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
+		 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
+		 finally written out.  */
+
+	      /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
+		 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section.  */
+	      input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections.  */
+	  BFD_ASSERT(o->_raw_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
+
+	  /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
+	     matters, but someday it might).  */
+	  o->link_order_head = (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
+
+	  reginfo_sec = o;
+	}
+
+      if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0)
+	{
+	  struct extsym_info einfo;
+	  bfd_vma last;
+
+	  /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
+	     Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
+	     the information together.  */
+	  symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic;
+	  /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be?  */
+	  symhdr->vstamp = 0;
+	  symhdr->ilineMax = 0;
+	  symhdr->cbLine = 0;
+	  symhdr->idnMax = 0;
+	  symhdr->ipdMax = 0;
+	  symhdr->isymMax = 0;
+	  symhdr->ioptMax = 0;
+	  symhdr->iauxMax = 0;
+	  symhdr->issMax = 0;
+	  symhdr->issExtMax = 0;
+	  symhdr->ifdMax = 0;
+	  symhdr->crfd = 0;
+	  symhdr->iextMax = 0;
+
+	  /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
+	     debug_info structure.  */
+	  debug.line = NULL;
+	  debug.external_dnr = NULL;
+	  debug.external_pdr = NULL;
+	  debug.external_sym = NULL;
+	  debug.external_opt = NULL;
+	  debug.external_aux = NULL;
+	  debug.ss = NULL;
+	  debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL;
+	  debug.external_fdr = NULL;
+	  debug.external_rfd = NULL;
+	  debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL;
+
+	  mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info);
+	  if (mdebug_handle == (PTR) NULL)
+	    return false;
+
+	  esym.jmptbl = 0;
+	  esym.cobol_main = 0;
+	  esym.weakext = 0;
+	  esym.reserved = 0;
+	  esym.ifd = ifdNil;
+	  esym.asym.iss = issNil;
+	  esym.asym.st = stLocal;
+	  esym.asym.reserved = 0;
+	  esym.asym.index = indexNil;
+	  last = 0;
+	  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++)
+	    {
+	      esym.asym.sc = sc[i];
+	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]);
+	      if (s != NULL)
+		{
+		  esym.asym.value = s->vma;
+		  last = s->vma + s->_raw_size;
+		}
+	      else
+		esym.asym.value = last;
+	      if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap,
+						 secname[i], &esym))
+		return false;
+	    }
+
+	  for (p = o->link_order_head;
+	       p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
+	       p = p->next)
+	    {
+	      asection *input_section;
+	      bfd *input_bfd;
+	      const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap;
+	      struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug;
+	      char *eraw_src;
+	      char *eraw_end;
+
+	      if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
+		{
+		  if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
+		    continue;
+		  abort ();
+		}
+
+	      input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
+	      input_bfd = input_section->owner;
+
+	      if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
+		  || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
+		      ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap) == NULL)
+		{
+		  /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
+		     doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
+		     want to deal with it.  */
+		  continue;
+		}
+
+	      input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
+			    ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap);
+
+	      BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->_raw_size);
+
+	      /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
+		 read in the debugging information and set up an
+		 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now.  */
+	      if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section,
+						   &input_debug))
+		return false;
+
+	      if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
+		     (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd,
+		      &input_debug, input_swap, info)))
+		return false;
+
+	      /* Loop through the external symbols.  For each one with
+		 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
+		 the linker global hash table and save the information
+		 for the output external symbols.  */
+	      eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext;
+	      eraw_end = (eraw_src
+			  + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax
+			     * input_swap->external_ext_size));
+	      for (;
+		   eraw_src < eraw_end;
+		   eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size)
+		{
+		  EXTR ext;
+		  const char *name;
+		  struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+		  (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, (PTR) eraw_src, &ext);
+		  if (ext.asym.sc == scNil
+		      || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined
+		      || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined)
+		    continue;
+
+		  name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss;
+		  h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
+						 name, false, false, true);
+		  if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2)
+		    continue;
+
+		  if (ext.ifd != -1)
+		    {
+		      BFD_ASSERT (ext.ifd
+				  < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax);
+		      ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd];
+		    }
+
+		  h->esym = ext;
+		}
+
+	      /* Free up the information we just read.  */
+	      free (input_debug.line);
+	      free (input_debug.external_dnr);
+	      free (input_debug.external_pdr);
+	      free (input_debug.external_sym);
+	      free (input_debug.external_opt);
+	      free (input_debug.external_aux);
+	      free (input_debug.ss);
+	      free (input_debug.ssext);
+	      free (input_debug.external_fdr);
+	      free (input_debug.external_rfd);
+	      free (input_debug.external_ext);
+
+	      /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
+		 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section.  */
+	      input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+	    }
+
+	  if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && info->shared)
+	    {
+	      /* Create .rtproc section.  */
+	      rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
+	      if (rtproc_sec == NULL)
+		{
+		  flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
+				    | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
+
+		  rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section (abfd, ".rtproc");
+		  if (rtproc_sec == NULL
+		      || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, rtproc_sec, flags)
+		      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4))
+		    return false;
+		}
+
+	      if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd,
+						     info, rtproc_sec,
+						     &debug))
+		return false;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Build the external symbol information.  */
+	  einfo.abfd = abfd;
+	  einfo.info = info;
+	  einfo.debug = &debug;
+	  einfo.swap = swap;
+	  einfo.failed = false;
+	  mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
+				       mips_elf_output_extsym,
+				       (PTR) &einfo);
+	  if (einfo.failed)
+	    return false;
+
+	  /* Set the size of the .mdebug section.  */
+	  o->_raw_size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap);
+
+	  /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
+	     matters, but someday it might).  */
+	  o->link_order_head = (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
+
+	  mdebug_sec = o;
+	}
+
+      if (strncmp (o->name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
+	{
+	  const char *subname;
+	  unsigned int c;
+	  Elf32_gptab *tab;
+	  Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab;
+	  unsigned int j;
+
+	  /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
+	     information describing how the small data area would
+	     change depending upon the -G switch.  These sections
+	     not used in executables files.  */
+	  if (! info->relocateable)
+	    {
+	      for (p = o->link_order_head;
+		   p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
+		   p = p->next)
+		{
+		  asection *input_section;
+
+		  if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
+		    {
+		      if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
+			continue;
+		      abort ();
+		    }
+
+		  input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
+
+		  /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
+		     elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section.  */
+		  input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+		}
+
+	      /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
+		 currently matters, but someday it might).  */
+	      o->link_order_head = (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
+
+	      /* Really remove the section.  */
+	      for (secpp = &abfd->sections;
+		   *secpp != o;
+		   secpp = &(*secpp)->next)
+		;
+	      bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, secpp);
+	      --abfd->section_count;
+
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
+	     uninitialized data.  */
+	  if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
+	    gptab_data_sec = o;
+	  else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
+	    gptab_bss_sec = o;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
+		(_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
+		 bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name);
+	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
+	      return false;
+	    }
+
+	  /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
+	     .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
+	     .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss.  It is possible that there is
+	     no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
+	     case we must change the name of the output section.  */
+	  subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
+	  if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL)
+	    {
+	      if (o == gptab_data_sec)
+		o->name = ".gptab.data";
+	      else
+		o->name = ".gptab.bss";
+	      subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
+	      BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL);
+	    }
+
+	  /* Set up the first entry.  */
+	  c = 1;
+	  amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
+	  tab = (Elf32_gptab *) bfd_malloc (amt);
+	  if (tab == NULL)
+	    return false;
+	  tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd);
+	  tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0;
+
+	  /* Combine the input sections.  */
+	  for (p = o->link_order_head;
+	       p != (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
+	       p = p->next)
+	    {
+	      asection *input_section;
+	      bfd *input_bfd;
+	      bfd_size_type size;
+	      unsigned long last;
+	      bfd_size_type gpentry;
+
+	      if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
+		{
+		  if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
+		    continue;
+		  abort ();
+		}
+
+	      input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
+	      input_bfd = input_section->owner;
+
+	      /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
+		 by one.  We know that the input gptab entries are
+		 sorted by ascending -G value.  */
+	      size = bfd_section_size (input_bfd, input_section);
+	      last = 0;
+	      for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
+		   gpentry < size;
+		   gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))
+		{
+		  Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab;
+		  Elf32_gptab int_gptab;
+		  unsigned long val;
+		  unsigned long add;
+		  boolean exact;
+		  unsigned int look;
+
+		  if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
+			 (input_bfd, input_section, (PTR) &ext_gptab,
+			  (file_ptr) gpentry,
+			  (bfd_size_type) sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))))
+		    {
+		      free (tab);
+		      return false;
+		    }
+
+		  bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab,
+						&int_gptab);
+		  val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value;
+		  add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last;
+
+		  exact = false;
+		  for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
+		    {
+		      if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val)
+			tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add;
+
+		      if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val)
+			exact = true;
+		    }
+
+		  if (! exact)
+		    {
+		      Elf32_gptab *new_tab;
+		      unsigned int max;
+
+		      /* We need a new table entry.  */
+		      amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
+		      new_tab = (Elf32_gptab *) bfd_realloc ((PTR) tab, amt);
+		      if (new_tab == NULL)
+			{
+			  free (tab);
+			  return false;
+			}
+		      tab = new_tab;
+		      tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val;
+		      tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add;
+
+		      /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
+			 value, since that will be implied by this new
+			 value.  */
+		      max = 0;
+		      for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
+			{
+			  if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val
+			      && (max == 0
+				  || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value
+				      > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value)))
+			    max = look;
+			}
+		      if (max != 0)
+			tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes +=
+			  tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes;
+
+		      ++c;
+		    }
+
+		  last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes;
+		}
+
+	      /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
+		 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section.  */
+	      input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+	    }
+
+	  /* The table must be sorted by -G value.  */
+	  if (c > 2)
+	    qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare);
+
+	  /* Swap out the table.  */
+	  amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
+	  ext_tab = (Elf32_External_gptab *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
+	  if (ext_tab == NULL)
+	    {
+	      free (tab);
+	      return false;
+	    }
+
+	  for (j = 0; j < c; j++)
+	    bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j);
+	  free (tab);
+
+	  o->_raw_size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
+	  o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab;
+
+	  /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
+	     matters, but someday it might).  */
+	  o->link_order_head = (struct bfd_link_order *) NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work.  */
+  if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
+    {
+#ifdef BFD64
+      if (!bfd_elf64_bfd_final_link (abfd, info))
+	return false;
+#else
+      abort ();
+      return false;
+#endif /* BFD64 */
+    }
+  else if (!bfd_elf32_bfd_final_link (abfd, info))
+    return false;
+
+  /* Now write out the computed sections.  */
+
+  if (reginfo_sec != (asection *) NULL)
+    {
+      Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
+
+      bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, &reginfo, &ext);
+      if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, (PTR) &ext,
+				      (file_ptr) 0,
+				      (bfd_size_type) sizeof ext))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (mdebug_sec != (asection *) NULL)
+    {
+      BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun);
+      if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug,
+					       swap, info,
+					       mdebug_sec->filepos))
+	return false;
+
+      bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info);
+    }
+
+  if (gptab_data_sec != (asection *) NULL)
+    {
+      if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec,
+				      gptab_data_sec->contents,
+				      (file_ptr) 0,
+				      gptab_data_sec->_raw_size))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (gptab_bss_sec != (asection *) NULL)
+    {
+      if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec,
+				      gptab_bss_sec->contents,
+				      (file_ptr) 0,
+				      gptab_bss_sec->_raw_size))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
+    {
+      rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
+      if (rtproc_sec != NULL)
+	{
+	  if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec,
+					  rtproc_sec->contents,
+					  (file_ptr) 0,
+					  rtproc_sec->_raw_size))
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
+   object file when linking.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)
+     bfd *ibfd;
+     bfd *obfd;
+{
+  flagword old_flags;
+  flagword new_flags;
+  boolean ok;
+  boolean null_input_bfd = true;
+  asection *sec;
+
+  /* Check if we have the same endianess */
+  if (_bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd) == false)
+    return false;
+
+  if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
+      || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+    return true;
+
+  new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
+  elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
+  old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
+
+  if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
+    {
+      elf_flags_init (obfd) = true;
+      elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
+      elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
+	= elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS];
+
+      if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
+	  && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default)
+	{
+	  if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
+				   bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
+	    return false;
+	}
+
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  /* Check flag compatibility.  */
+
+  new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
+  old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
+
+  if (new_flags == old_flags)
+    return true;
+
+  /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
+     If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
+     actually cause any incompatibility.  */
+  for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
+    {
+      /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
+	  which are automatically generated by gas.  */
+      if (strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo")
+	  && strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug")
+	  && ((!strcmp (sec->name, ".text")
+	       || !strcmp (sec->name, ".data")
+	       || !strcmp (sec->name, ".bss"))
+	      && sec->_raw_size != 0))
+	{
+	  null_input_bfd = false;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+  if (null_input_bfd)
+    return true;
+
+  ok = true;
+
+  if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC))
+    {
+      new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
+      old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
+      (*_bfd_error_handler)
+	(_("%s: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
+	 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd));
+      ok = false;
+    }
+
+  if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_CPIC) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_CPIC))
+    {
+      new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_CPIC;
+      old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_CPIC;
+      (*_bfd_error_handler)
+	(_("%s: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
+	 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd));
+      ok = false;
+    }
+
+  /* Compare the ISA's.  */
+  if ((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH))
+      != (old_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH)))
+    {
+      int new_mach = new_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH;
+      int old_mach = old_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH;
+      int new_isa = elf_mips_isa (new_flags);
+      int old_isa = elf_mips_isa (old_flags);
+
+      /* If either has no machine specified, just compare the general isa's.
+	 Some combinations of machines are ok, if the isa's match.  */
+      if (! new_mach
+	  || ! old_mach
+	  || new_mach == old_mach
+	  )
+	{
+	  /* Don't warn about mixing code using 32-bit ISAs, or mixing code
+	     using 64-bit ISAs.  They will normally use the same data sizes
+	     and calling conventions.  */
+
+	  if ((  (new_isa == 1 || new_isa == 2 || new_isa == 32)
+	       ^ (old_isa == 1 || old_isa == 2 || old_isa == 32)) != 0)
+	    {
+	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
+	       (_("%s: ISA mismatch (-mips%d) with previous modules (-mips%d)"),
+		bfd_archive_filename (ibfd), new_isa, old_isa);
+	      ok = false;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* Do we need to update the mach field?  */
+	      if (old_mach == 0 && new_mach != 0) 
+		elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_mach;
+
+	      /* Do we need to update the ISA field?  */
+	      if (new_isa > old_isa)
+		{
+		  elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ARCH;
+		  elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
+		    |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  (*_bfd_error_handler)
+	    (_("%s: ISA mismatch (%d) with previous modules (%d)"),
+	     bfd_archive_filename (ibfd),
+	     _bfd_elf_mips_mach (new_flags),
+	     _bfd_elf_mips_mach (old_flags));
+	  ok = false;
+	}
+
+      new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
+      old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
+    }
+
+  /* Compare ABI's.  The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI.  But, it
+     does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI.  */
+  if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
+      || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
+	  != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
+    {
+      /* Only error if both are set (to different values).  */
+      if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
+	  || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
+	      != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
+	{
+	  (*_bfd_error_handler)
+	    (_("%s: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
+	     bfd_archive_filename (ibfd),
+	     elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd),
+	     elf_mips_abi_name (obfd));
+	  ok = false;
+	}
+      new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
+      old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
+    }
+
+  /* Warn about any other mismatches */
+  if (new_flags != old_flags)
+    {
+      (*_bfd_error_handler)
+	(_("%s: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
+	 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd), (unsigned long) new_flags,
+	 (unsigned long) old_flags);
+      ok = false;
+    }
+
+  if (! ok)
+    {
+      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC.  */
+
+boolean
+_bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (abfd, flags)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     flagword flags;
+{
+  BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
+	      || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
+
+  elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
+  elf_flags_init (abfd) = true;
+  return true;
+}
+
+boolean
+_bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr)
+     bfd *abfd;
+     PTR ptr;
+{
+  FILE *file = (FILE *) ptr;
+
+  BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
+
+  /* Print normal ELF private data.  */
+  _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
+
+  /* xgettext:c-format */
+  fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
+
+  if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
+    fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]"));
+  else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64)
+    fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]"));
+  else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32)
+    fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
+  else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
+    fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
+  else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
+    fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]"));
+  else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
+    fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]"));
+  else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
+    fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]"));
+  else
+    fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]"));
+
+  if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1)
+    fprintf (file, _(" [mips1]"));
+  else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2)
+    fprintf (file, _(" [mips2]"));
+  else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3)
+    fprintf (file, _(" [mips3]"));
+  else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4)
+    fprintf (file, _(" [mips4]"));
+  else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5)
+    fprintf (file, _(" [mips5]"));
+  else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32)
+    fprintf (file, _(" [mips32]"));
+  else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64)
+    fprintf (file, _(" [mips64]"));
+  else
+    fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
+
+  if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)
+    fprintf (file, _(" [32bitmode]"));
+  else
+    fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
+
+  fputc ('\n', file);
+
+  return true;
+}